Mercurial > emacs
view src/xterm.c @ 39253:81d50e5eaf23
*** empty log message ***
| author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 11 Sep 2001 18:29:37 +0000 |
| parents | 6d69f5cca0cf |
| children | abcbdc5bdd47 |
line wrap: on
line source
/* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Emacs. GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */ /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ #include <config.h> /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */ #include <signal.h> #include <stdio.h> #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS #include "lisp.h" #include "blockinput.h" /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */ #include "syssignal.h" /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses if this is not done before the other system files. */ #include "xterm.h" #include <X11/cursorfont.h> /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded. In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */ #ifndef makedev #include <sys/types.h> #endif /* makedev */ #ifdef BSD_SYSTEM #include <sys/ioctl.h> #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */ #include "systty.h" #include "systime.h" #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL #include <fcntl.h> #endif #include <ctype.h> #include <errno.h> #include <setjmp.h> #include <sys/stat.h> /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */ /* #include <sys/param.h> */ #include "charset.h" #include "coding.h" #include "ccl.h" #include "frame.h" #include "dispextern.h" #include "fontset.h" #include "termhooks.h" #include "termopts.h" #include "termchar.h" #if 0 #include "sink.h" #include "sinkmask.h" #endif /* ! 0 */ #include "gnu.h" #include "disptab.h" #include "buffer.h" #include "window.h" #include "keyboard.h" #include "intervals.h" #include "process.h" #include "atimer.h" #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT #include <X11/Shell.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H #include <sys/time.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> #endif #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT extern void free_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *)); extern struct frame *x_menubar_window_to_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, int)); #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES) #define HACK_EDITRES extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */ /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */ #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS #if defined USE_MOTIF #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */ #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h> #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h> #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h> #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h> #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */ #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h> #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h> #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */ #ifndef XtNpickTop #define XtNpickTop "pickTop" #endif /* !XtNpickTop */ #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame #endif #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT #include "widget.h" #ifndef XtNinitialState #define XtNinitialState "initialState" #endif #endif #ifndef min #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) #endif #ifndef max #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) #endif #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x)) #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER)) /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */ enum bitmap_type { NO_BITMAP, LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP, CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP, CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP, ZV_LINE_BITMAP }; /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */ #define zv_width 8 #define zv_height 8 static unsigned char zv_bits[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00}; /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */ #define left_width 8 #define left_height 8 static unsigned char left_bits[] = { 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18}; /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */ #define right_width 8 #define right_height 8 static unsigned char right_bits[] = { 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18}; /* Marker for continued lines. */ #define continued_width 8 #define continued_height 8 static unsigned char continued_bits[] = { 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c}; /* Marker for continuation lines. */ #define continuation_width 8 #define continuation_height 8 static unsigned char continuation_bits[] = { 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e}; /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */ #if 0 /* A bomb. */ #define ov_width 8 #define ov_height 8 static unsigned char ov_bits[] = { 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c}; #else /* A triangular arrow. */ #define ov_width 8 #define ov_height 8 static unsigned char ov_bits[] = { 0x03, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x03}; #endif extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo; /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars; /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string. (The display is done in read_char.) */ static Lisp_Object help_echo; static Lisp_Object help_echo_window; static Lisp_Object help_echo_object; static int help_echo_pos; /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */ static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo; /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs start. */ static int any_help_event_p; /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */ int x_stretch_cursor_p; /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */ int x_use_underline_position_properties; /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in use. */ struct x_display_info *x_display_list; /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ Lisp_Object x_display_name_list; /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions. It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */ extern struct frame *updating_frame; extern int waiting_for_input; /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */ struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* The application context for Xt use. */ XtAppContext Xt_app_con; static String Xt_default_resources[] = {0}; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates. X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */ struct cursor_pos output_cursor; /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */ static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction; /* Mouse movement. Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask) so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better. In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking is off. */ /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or an ordinary motion. If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would return the time associated with the position it returns, but there doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that it's somewhat accurate. */ static Time last_mouse_movement_time; /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */ #ifdef __STDC__ static int volatile input_signal_count; #else static int input_signal_count; #endif /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */ static int x_noop_count; /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ extern char **initial_argv; extern int initial_argc; extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; extern int errno; /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources P_ ((Display *, char *, char *, char *)); extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type P_ ((struct frame *)); /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */ enum draw_glyphs_face { DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO, DRAW_CURSOR, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN }; static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p P_ ((struct window *)); static int clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 P_ ((Display *, Colormap, XColor *)); static void x_set_window_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); static const XColor *x_color_cells P_ ((Display *, int *)); static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *)); void x_delete_display P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers P_ ((struct x_display_info *, unsigned)); static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, Lisp_Object)); static int fast_find_string_pos P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object, int *, int *, int *, int *, int)); static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *)); static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, int *, int *, int)); static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int)); static void x_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, XButtonEvent *)); static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct x_display_info *, enum draw_glyphs_face)); static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *)); int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *)); void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int)); void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *)); void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); void x_initialize P_ ((void)); static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *)); static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *)); static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, enum draw_glyphs_face)); static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); static void XTreassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int)); static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int)); static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); static void XTcursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int)); static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int)); static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void)); static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *)); static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int)); static int x_intersect_rectangles P_ ((XRectangle *, XRectangle *, XRectangle *)); static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int)); static int expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *)); static int expose_window P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *)); static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, XRectangle *, enum glyph_row_area)); static int expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, XRectangle *)); static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int)); static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int)); static void x_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, enum bitmap_type)); static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, GC, int)); static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *)); static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f)); static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *)); static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *)); static void x_draw_vertical_border P_ ((struct window *)); static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); static INLINE void take_vertical_position_into_account P_ ((struct it *)); static void x_produce_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar P_ ((Window)); static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion P_ ((struct frame **, Lisp_Object *, enum scroll_bar_part *, Lisp_Object *, Lisp_Object *, unsigned long *)); /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */ static void x_flush (f) struct frame *f; { BLOCK_INPUT; if (f == NULL) { Lisp_Object rest, frame; FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame) x_flush (XFRAME (frame)); } else if (FRAME_X_P (f)) XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement. Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending, XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page. XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves performance. */ #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0 /*********************************************************************** Debugging ***********************************************************************/ #if 0 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ struct record { char *locus; int type; }; struct record event_record[100]; int event_record_index; record_event (locus, type) char *locus; int type; { if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) event_record_index = 0; event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; event_record[event_record_index].type = type; event_record_index++; } #endif /* 0 */ /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */ struct x_display_info * x_display_info_for_display (dpy) Display *dpy; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) if (dpyinfo->display == dpy) return dpyinfo; return 0; } /*********************************************************************** Starting and ending an update ***********************************************************************/ /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */ static void x_update_begin (f) struct frame *f; { /* Nothing to do. */ } /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor position of W. */ static void x_update_window_begin (w) struct window *w; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); struct x_display_info *display_info = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); updated_window = w; set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); BLOCK_INPUT; if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) { /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */ if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) { int i; for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) break; if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) clear_mouse_face (display_info); } #endif /* 0 */ } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't have vertical scroll bars. */ static void x_draw_vertical_border (w) struct window *w; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its neighbor will suffice as a border. */ if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) { int x0, x1, y0, y1; window_box_edges (w, -1, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1); x1 += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); y1 -= 1; XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x1, y0, x1, y1); } } /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it here. */ static void x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) struct window *w; int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); if (!w->pseudo_window_p) { BLOCK_INPUT; if (cursor_on_p) x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos, output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); x_draw_vertical_border (w); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) { dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; } updated_window = NULL; } /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in update_end. */ static void x_update_end (f) struct frame *f; { /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; BLOCK_INPUT; XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a complete update has been performed. The global variable updated_window is not available here. */ static void XTframe_up_to_date (f) struct frame *f; { if (FRAME_X_P (f)) { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) { BLOCK_INPUT; if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } } /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is found in updated_window. This function It is called from update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ static void x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) struct glyph_row *desired_row; { struct window *w = updated_window; xassert (w); if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) { struct frame *f; int width; BLOCK_INPUT; x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row); /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */ if (windows_or_buffers_changed && (f = XFRAME (w->frame), width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), width != 0)) { int height = desired_row->visible_height; int x = (window_box_right (w, -1) + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)); int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), x, y, width, height, False); } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be drawn. */ static void x_draw_bitmap (w, row, which) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; enum bitmap_type which; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); int x, y, wd, h, dy; unsigned char *bits; Pixmap pixmap; GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; struct face *face; int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)); /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 1); switch (which) { case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: wd = left_width; h = left_height; bits = left_bits; x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) - wd - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); break; case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP: wd = left_width; h = left_height; bits = ov_bits; x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) - wd - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); break; case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: wd = right_width; h = right_height; bits = right_bits; x = window_box_right (w, -1); x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2; break; case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP: wd = right_width; h = right_height; bits = continued_bits; x = window_box_right (w, -1); x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2; break; case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP: wd = continuation_width; h = continuation_height; bits = continuation_bits; x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) - wd - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); break; case ZV_LINE_BITMAP: wd = zv_width; h = zv_height; bits = zv_bits; x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) - wd - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); break; default: abort (); } /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */ y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); dy = (row->height - h) / 2; /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached by the server. */ face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID); pixmap = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, window, bits, wd, h, face->foreground, face->background, depth); XCopyArea (display, pixmap, window, gc, 0, 0, wd, h, x, y + dy); XFreePixmap (display, pixmap); XSetClipMask (display, gc, None); } /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this function with input blocked. */ static void x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); enum bitmap_type bitmap; struct face *face; int header_line_height = -1; xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we don't have to draw anything. */ if (row->visible_height <= 0) return; face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID); PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */ if (row->overlay_arrow_p) bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP; else if (row->truncated_on_left_p) bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)) bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP; else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p) bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP; else bitmap = NO_BITMAP; /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill the flags area. */ if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f)) { /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */ int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) ? 1 : 0); int left = window_box_left (w, -1); if (header_line_height < 0) header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ if (face->stipple) XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); else XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background); XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), face->gc, (left - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) + border), WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, row->y)), FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border, row->visible_height); if (!face->stipple) XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground); } /* Draw the left bitmap. */ if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP) x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap); /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */ if (row->truncated_on_right_p) bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; else if (row->continued_p) bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP; else bitmap = NO_BITMAP; /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill the flags area. */ if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f)) { int right = window_box_right (w, -1); if (header_line_height < 0) header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ if (face->stipple) XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); else XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background); XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), face->gc, right, WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, row->y)), FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f), row->visible_height); if (!face->stipple) XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground); } /* Draw the right bitmap. */ if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP) x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap); } /*********************************************************************** Line Highlighting ***********************************************************************/ /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for X frames. Aborts when called. */ static void XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) int new, vpos; { abort (); } /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change whether it is highlighted. Not used for X frames. Aborts when called. */ static void x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos) int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos; { abort (); } /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */ static void XTset_terminal_modes () { } /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ static void XTreset_terminal_modes () { } /*********************************************************************** Output Cursor ***********************************************************************/ /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor positions are relative to updated_window. */ static void set_output_cursor (cursor) struct cursor_pos *cursor; { output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos; output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos; output_cursor.x = cursor->x; output_cursor.y = cursor->y; } /* Set a nominal cursor position. HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X and Y are window text area relative pixel positions. If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the window that is being updated and the position is the future output cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */ static void XTcursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x) int vpos, hpos, y, x; { struct window *w; /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */ if (updated_window) w = updated_window; else w = XWINDOW (selected_window); /* Set the output cursor. */ output_cursor.hpos = hpos; output_cursor.vpos = vpos; output_cursor.x = x; output_cursor.y = y; /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor. This will also set the cursor position of W. */ if (updated_window == NULL) { BLOCK_INPUT; x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y); XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ())); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } /*********************************************************************** Display Iterator ***********************************************************************/ /* Function prototypes of this page. */ static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph *, XChar2b *, int *)); static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, XChar2b *, int)); static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *)); static void x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *)); static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object, int, int, double)); static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *)); static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it)); /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B is not contained in the font. */ static INLINE XCharStruct * x_per_char_metric (font, char2b) XFontStruct *font; XChar2b *char2b; { /* The result metric information. */ XCharStruct *pcm = NULL; xassert (font && char2b); if (font->per_char != NULL) { if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0) { /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index corresponding to the first element of the per_char array, max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font. A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */ if (char2b->byte1 == 0 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2; } else { /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are: byte1 = N/D + min_byte1 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2 where: D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1 / = integer division \ = integer modulus */ if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1 && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) { pcm = (font->per_char + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1) * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1)) + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2)); } } } else { /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first and last character indexes inclusive have the same information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */ if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) pcm = &font->max_bounds; } return ((pcm == NULL || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)) ? NULL : pcm); } /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */ static INLINE void x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info) int c; XChar2b *char2b; struct font_info *font_info; { int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); XFontStruct *font = font_info->font; /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2. This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a fixed encoding. */ if (font_info->font_encoder) { /* It's a program. */ struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder; if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) { ccl->reg[0] = charset; ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2; } else { ccl->reg[0] = charset; ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1; ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2; } ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL); /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL program. */ if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */ char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1]; else char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2]; } else if (font_info->encoding[charset]) { /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the encoding numbers. */ int enc = font_info->encoding[charset]; if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2) char2b->byte1 |= 0x80; if (enc == 1 || enc == 3) char2b->byte2 |= 0x80; } } /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */ static INLINE struct face * x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p) struct frame *f; int c, face_id; XChar2b *char2b; int multibyte_p; { struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); if (!multibyte_p) { /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ char2b->byte1 = 0; char2b->byte2 = c; face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c); face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); } else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) { /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ char2b->byte1 = 0; char2b->byte2 = c; } else { int c1, c2, charset; /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2); if (c2 > 0) char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2; else char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1; /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ if (face->font != NULL) { struct font_info *font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); if (font_info) x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info); } } /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ xassert (face != NULL); PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); return face; } /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F. The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */ static INLINE struct face * x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p) struct frame *f; struct glyph *glyph; XChar2b *char2b; int *two_byte_p; { struct face *face; xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH); face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id); if (two_byte_p) *two_byte_p = 0; if (!glyph->multibyte_p) { /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ char2b->byte1 = 0; char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch; } else if (glyph->u.ch < 128 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) { /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ char2b->byte1 = 0; char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch; } else { int c1, c2, charset; /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2); if (c2 > 0) char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2; else char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1; /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII) { struct font_info *font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); if (font_info) { x_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info); if (two_byte_p) *two_byte_p = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0; } } } /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ xassert (face != NULL); PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); return face; } /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row. Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ static INLINE void x_append_glyph (it) struct it *it; { struct glyph *glyph; enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; xassert (it->glyph_row); xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t'); glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) { glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); glyph->object = it->object; glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; glyph->voffset = it->voffset; glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent || it->phys_descent > it->descent); glyph->padding_p = 0; glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p; glyph->face_id = it->face_id; glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display; ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; } } /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row. Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ static INLINE void x_append_composite_glyph (it) struct it *it; { struct glyph *glyph; enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; xassert (it->glyph_row); glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) { glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); glyph->object = it->object; glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; glyph->voffset = it->voffset; glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH; glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent || it->phys_descent > it->descent); glyph->padding_p = 0; glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; glyph->face_id = it->face_id; glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id; ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; } } /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of IT->voffset. */ static INLINE void take_vertical_position_into_account (it) struct it *it; { if (it->voffset) { if (it->voffset < 0) /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher in the line. */ it->ascent += abs (it->voffset); else /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower in the line. */ it->descent += it->voffset; } } /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */ static void x_produce_image_glyph (it) struct it *it; { struct image *img; struct face *face; xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE); face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id); xassert (img); /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */ PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img); it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face); it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent; it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin; it->nglyphs = 1; if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) { if (face->box_line_width > 0) { it->ascent += face->box_line_width; it->descent += face->box_line_width; } if (it->start_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); if (it->end_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); } take_vertical_position_into_account (it); if (it->glyph_row) { struct glyph *glyph; enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) { glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); glyph->object = it->object; glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; glyph->voffset = it->voffset; glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH; glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; glyph->padding_p = 0; glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; glyph->face_id = it->face_id; glyph->u.img_id = img->id; ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; } } } /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */ static void x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent) struct it *it; Lisp_Object object; int width, height; double ascent; { struct glyph *glyph; enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1); glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) { glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); glyph->object = object; glyph->pixel_width = width; glyph->voffset = it->voffset; glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH; glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; glyph->padding_p = 0; glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; glyph->face_id = it->face_id; glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent; glyph->u.stretch.height = height; ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; } } /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs being recognized: 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH * canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating point number. 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the width of the first character having the `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width. 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units. Exactly one of the above pairs must be present. 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units. 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having the glyph property. Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present. 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch. ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */ #define NUMVAL(X) \ ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \ ? XFLOATINT (X) \ : - 1) static void x_produce_stretch_glyph (it) struct it *it; { /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */ #if GLYPH_DEBUG extern Lisp_Object Qspace; #endif extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent; extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height; extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to; Lisp_Object prop, plist; double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0; struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f); PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); /* List should start with `space'. */ xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace)); plist = XCDR (it->object); /* Compute the width of the stretch. */ if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth), NUMVAL (prop) > 0) /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */ width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width), NUMVAL (prop) > 0) { /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid. Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph' property. */ struct it it2; unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); it2 = *it; if (it->multibyte_p) { int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len); } else it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1; it2.glyph_row = NULL; it2.what = IT_CHARACTER; x_produce_glyphs (&it2); width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width; } else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to), NUMVAL (prop) > 0) width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x; else /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */ width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); /* Compute height. */ if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight), NUMVAL (prop) > 0) height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f); else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height), NUMVAL (prop) > 0) height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop); else height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise, derive the ascent from the font in use. */ if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent), NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100) ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0; else ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font); if (width <= 0) width = 1; if (height <= 0) height = 1; if (it->glyph_row) { Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string; if (!STRINGP (object)) object = it->w->buffer; x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent); } it->pixel_width = width; it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent; it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent; it->nglyphs = 1; if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) { if (face->box_line_width > 0) { it->ascent += face->box_line_width; it->descent += face->box_line_width; } if (it->start_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); if (it->end_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); } take_vertical_position_into_account (it); } /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical center of the line of frame F. Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure; -------------------------+-----------+- -+-+---------+-+ | | | | | | | | | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT | | | ASCENT | | HEIGHT | | | | | | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline | | | | BOFF | | | |---------|-+-+ | | | | | DESCENT | | -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT | -------------------------+-----------+- -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT DESCENT = FONT->descent HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT) F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset) F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F) */ #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \ ((FONT)->descent \ + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \ + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \ - ((F)->output_data.x->font->descent - (F)->output_data.x->baseline_offset)) /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */ static void x_produce_glyphs (it) struct it *it; { it->glyph_not_available_p = 0; if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER) { XChar2b char2b; XFontStruct *font; struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); XCharStruct *pcm; int font_not_found_p; struct font_info *font_info; int boff; /* baseline offset */ /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it later. Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct glyph. */ int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the other way. */ it->char_to_display = it->c; if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c)) { if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) && (it->c >= 0240 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))) { it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); it->multibyte_p = 1; it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); } else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) && !it->multibyte_p) { it->multibyte_p = 1; it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); } } /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p); font = face->font; /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ font_not_found_p = font == NULL; if (font_not_found_p) { font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); boff = it->f->output_data.x->baseline_offset; font_info = NULL; } else { font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); boff = font_info->baseline_offset; if (font_info->vertical_centering) boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; } if (it->char_to_display >= ' ' && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128)) { /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */ int stretched_p; it->nglyphs = 1; pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); it->ascent = font->ascent + boff; it->descent = font->descent - boff; if (pcm) { it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; it->pixel_width = pcm->width; } else { it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font); } /* If this is a space inside a region of text with `space-width' property, change its width. */ stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width); if (stretched_p) it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width); /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character height. If character has a box line to the left and/or right, add the box line width to the character's width. */ if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) { int thick = face->box_line_width; if (thick > 0) { it->ascent += thick; it->descent += thick; } else thick = -thick; if (it->start_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += thick; if (it->end_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += thick; } /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ if (face->overline_p) it->ascent += 2; take_vertical_position_into_account (it); /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */ if (it->glyph_row) { if (stretched_p) { /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property into a stretch glyph. */ double ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font); x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); } else x_append_glyph (it); /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed in this line, record that fact in a flag of the glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */ if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; } } else if (it->char_to_display == '\n') { /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */ it->pixel_width = 0; it->nglyphs = 0; it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; it->descent = it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && face->box_line_width > 0) { it->ascent += face->box_line_width; it->descent += face->box_line_width; } } else if (it->char_to_display == '\t') { int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width; int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width; /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab stop is less than a canonical character width, use the tab stop after that. */ if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f)) next_tab_x += tab_width; it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x; it->nglyphs = 1; it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; it->descent = it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; if (it->glyph_row) { double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent); x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); } } else { /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the character is the width of the character multiplied by the width of the font. */ /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's default font and calculate the width of the character from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code did. */ pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); if (font_not_found_p || !pcm) { int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display); it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f)) * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)); it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; } else { it->pixel_width = pcm->width; it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; if (it->glyph_row && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; } it->nglyphs = 1; it->ascent = font->ascent + boff; it->descent = font->descent - boff; if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) { int thick = face->box_line_width; if (thick > 0) { it->ascent += thick; it->descent += thick; } else thick = - thick; if (it->start_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += thick; if (it->end_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += thick; } /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ if (face->overline_p) it->ascent += 2; take_vertical_position_into_account (it); if (it->glyph_row) x_append_glyph (it); } it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p; } else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION) { /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */ XChar2b char2b; XFontStruct *font; struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); XCharStruct *pcm; int font_not_found_p; struct font_info *font_info; int boff; /* baseline offset */ struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id]; /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */ it->char_to_display = it->c; if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) && (it->c >= 0240 || (it->c >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))) { it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); } /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p); font = face->font; /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ font_not_found_p = font == NULL; if (font_not_found_p) { font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); boff = it->f->output_data.x->baseline_offset; font_info = NULL; } else { font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); boff = font_info->baseline_offset; if (font_info->vertical_centering) boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; } /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width, ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */ it->nglyphs = 1; /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of the composition for the current face font, calculate them now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So, here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can correct the display anyway. */ if (cmp->font != (void *) font) { /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than them respectively. */ int font_ascent = font->ascent + boff; int font_descent = font->descent - boff; /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest; int i, width, ascent, descent; cmp->font = (void *) font; /* Initialize the bounding box. */ if (font_info && (pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b))) { width = pcm->width; ascent = pcm->ascent; descent = pcm->descent; } else { width = FONT_WIDTH (font); ascent = font->ascent; descent = font->descent; } rightmost = width; lowest = - descent + boff; highest = ascent + boff; leftmost = 0; if (font_info && font_info->default_ascent && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent) && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, make_number (it->char_to_display)))) highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff; /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at the left. */ cmp->offsets[0] = 0; cmp->offsets[1] = boff; /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */ for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) { int left, right, btm, top; int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i); int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch); face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id); x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p); font = face->font; if (font == NULL) { font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); boff = it->f->output_data.x->baseline_offset; font_info = NULL; } else { font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); boff = font_info->baseline_offset; if (font_info->vertical_centering) boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; } if (font_info && (pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b))) { width = pcm->width; ascent = pcm->ascent; descent = pcm->descent; } else { width = FONT_WIDTH (font); ascent = 1; descent = 0; } if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS) { /* Relative composition with or without alternate chars. */ left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2; btm = - descent + boff; if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition) || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition, make_number (ch))))) { if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose) /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ btm = highest + 1; else if (ascent <= 0) /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent; } } else { /* A composition rule is specified by an integer value that encodes global and new reference points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are specified by numbers as below: 0---1---2 -- ascent | | | | | | 9--10--11 -- center | | ---3---4---5--- baseline | | 6---7---8 -- descent */ int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i); int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy; COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref); grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3; grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3; left = (leftmost + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2 - nrefx * width / 2); btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest : grefy == 1 ? 0 : grefy == 2 ? lowest : (highest + lowest) / 2) - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff : nrefy == 2 ? 0 : (ascent + descent) / 2)); } cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left; cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent; /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ right = left + width; top = btm + descent + ascent; if (left < leftmost) leftmost = left; if (right > rightmost) rightmost = right; if (top > highest) highest = top; if (btm < lowest) lowest = btm; } /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative, shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets non-negative. */ if (leftmost < 0) { for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost; rightmost -= leftmost; } cmp->pixel_width = rightmost; cmp->ascent = highest; cmp->descent = - lowest; if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent) cmp->ascent = font_ascent; if (cmp->descent < font_descent) cmp->descent = font_descent; } it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width; it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent; it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent; if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) { int thick = face->box_line_width; if (thick > 0) { it->ascent += thick; it->descent += thick; } else thick = - thick; if (it->start_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += thick; if (it->end_of_box_run_p) it->pixel_width += thick; } /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ if (face->overline_p) it->ascent += 2; take_vertical_position_into_account (it); if (it->glyph_row) x_append_composite_glyph (it); } else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE) x_produce_image_glyph (it); else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH) x_produce_stretch_glyph (it); /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */ xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0); if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) it->current_x += it->pixel_width; it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing; it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent); it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent); it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent); it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent); } /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F. FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */ int x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id) struct frame *f; enum face_id face_id; { int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */ if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) { struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); if (face) { if (face->font) height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font); if (face->box_line_width > 0) height += 2 * face->box_line_width; } } return height; } /*********************************************************************** Glyph display ***********************************************************************/ /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face. This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because it's not clear what other systems will need. */ struct glyph_string { /* X-origin of the string. */ int x; /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */ int y, ybase; /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */ int width; /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */ int background_width; /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the font the string is drawn in. */ int height; /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin. This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */ int left_overhang; /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */ int right_overhang; /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */ struct frame *f; /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */ struct window *w; /* X display and window for convenience. */ Display *display; Window window; /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the y-origin and height of the string. */ struct glyph_row *row; /* The area within row. */ enum glyph_row_area area; /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */ XChar2b *char2b; int nchars; /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */ enum draw_glyphs_face hl; /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */ struct face *face; /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */ XFontStruct *font; /* Font info for this string. */ struct font_info *font_info; /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition. All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */ struct composition *cmp; /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes the first character of a composition. */ int gidx; /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end of the window's drawing area. */ unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1; /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */ unsigned background_filled_p : 1; /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ unsigned two_byte_p : 1; /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to the frame's default font in this case. */ unsigned font_not_found_p : 1; /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a stipple pattern. */ unsigned stippled_p : 1; /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn, and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph string appears in as clip rect. */ unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1; /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */ GC gc; /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if font_not_found_p is 1. */ struct glyph *first_glyph; /* Image, if any. */ struct image *img; struct glyph_string *next, *prev; }; #if GLYPH_DEBUG static void x_dump_glyph_string (s) struct glyph_string *s; { fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n"); fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n", s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height); fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase); fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl); fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n", s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang); fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars); fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n", s->extends_to_end_of_line_p); fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font)); fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width); } #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, struct glyph_string **, struct glyph_string *, struct glyph_string *)); static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, struct glyph_string **, struct glyph_string *, struct glyph_string *)); static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **, struct glyph_string **, struct glyph_string *)); static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int)); static void x_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, XChar2b *, struct window *, struct glyph_row *, enum glyph_row_area, int, enum draw_glyphs_face)); static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *, enum glyph_row_area, int, int, enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *, int)); static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int)); static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph *, struct frame *, int *, int *)); static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int)); static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap, unsigned long *, double, int)); static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, double, int, unsigned long)); static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap)); static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int)); static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, XRectangle *)); static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, XRectangle *)); static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, enum glyph_row_area)); static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, struct glyph_row *, enum glyph_row_area, int, int)); #if GLYPH_DEBUG static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *)); #endif /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */ static INLINE void x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) struct glyph_string **head, **tail; struct glyph_string *h, *t; { if (h) { if (*head) (*tail)->next = h; else *head = h; h->prev = *tail; *tail = t; } } /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */ static INLINE void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) struct glyph_string **head, **tail; struct glyph_string *h, *t; { if (h) { if (*head) (*head)->prev = t; else *tail = t; t->next = *head; *head = h; } } /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */ static INLINE void x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s) struct glyph_string **head, **tail; struct glyph_string *s; { s->next = s->prev = NULL; x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s); } /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor face. */ static void x_set_cursor_gc (s) struct glyph_string *s; { if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) && !s->cmp) s->gc = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_gc; else { /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ XGCValues xgcv; unsigned long mask; xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel; if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ if (xgcv.background == s->face->background && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) { xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; } IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); xgcv.font = s->font->fid; xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, mask, &xgcv); else FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; } } /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int face_id; struct face *face; /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */ face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); if (face == NULL) face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID); if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch); else face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0); s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ if (s->font == s->face->font) s->gc = s->face->gc; else { /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE but font FONT. */ XGCValues xgcv; unsigned long mask; xgcv.background = s->face->background; xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); xgcv.font = s->font->fid; xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, mask, &xgcv); else FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; } xassert (s->gc != 0); } /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ static INLINE void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) struct glyph_string *s; { s->gc = s->face->gc; } /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple pattern. */ static INLINE void x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) struct glyph_string *s; { PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) { s->gc = s->face->gc; s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; } else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) { x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; } else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) { x_set_cursor_gc (s); s->stippled_p = 0; } else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) { x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; } else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) { s->gc = s->face->gc; s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; } else { s->gc = s->face->gc; s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; } /* GC must have been set. */ xassert (s->gc != 0); } /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */ static void x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r) struct glyph_string *s; XRectangle *r; { if (s->row->full_width_p) { /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */ int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); r->x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x; r->width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x; if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f)) { int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x; if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f)) r->x -= width; } r->x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f); /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */ if (s->w->pseudo_window_p) r->height = s->row->visible_height; else r->height = s->height; } else { /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */ r->x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0); r->width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area); r->height = s->row->visible_height; } /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string intentionally draws over other lines. */ if (s->for_overlaps_p) { r->y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); r->height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->y; } else { /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for partially visible lines at the top of a window. */ if (!s->row->full_width_p && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row)) r->y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); else r->y = max (0, s->row->y); /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border at the top of the window. */ if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) r->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width; } r->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->y); } /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ static INLINE void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) struct glyph_string *s; { XRectangle r; x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted); } /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */ static INLINE void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) struct glyph_string *s; { if (s->cmp == NULL && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) { XCharStruct cs; int direction, font_ascent, font_descent; XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction, &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs); s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0; s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0; } } /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S. BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */ static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p) struct glyph_string *s; int x; int backward_p; { if (backward_p) { while (s) { x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); x -= s->width; s->x = x; s = s->prev; } } else { while (s) { x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); s->x = x; x += s->width; s = s->next; } } } /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are assumed to be zero. */ static void x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right) struct glyph *glyph; struct frame *f; int *left, *right; { *left = *right = 0; if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) { XFontStruct *font; struct face *face; struct font_info *font_info; XChar2b char2b; XCharStruct *pcm; face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL); font = face->font; font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); if (font && (pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b))) { if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width) *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width; if (pcm->lbearing < 0) *left = -pcm->lbearing; } } } /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1 if no glyphs are overwritten. */ static int x_left_overwritten (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int k; if (s->left_overhang) { int x = 0, i; struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i) x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; k = i + 1; } else k = -1; return k; } /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no glyph in front of S overwrites S. */ static int x_left_overwriting (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int i, k, x; struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; k = -1; x = 0; for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i) { int left, right; x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); if (x + right > 0) k = i; x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; } return k; } /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if no such glyph is found. */ static int x_right_overwritten (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int k = -1; if (s->right_overhang) { int x = 0, i; struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); int end = s->row->used[s->area]; for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i) x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; k = i; } return k; } /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative if no such glyph is found. */ static int x_right_overwriting (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int i, k, x; int end = s->row->used[s->area]; struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); k = -1; x = 0; for (i = first; i < end; ++i) { int left, right; x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); if (x - left < 0) k = i; x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; } return k; } /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ static INLINE void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) struct glyph_string *s; int x, y, w, h; { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); } /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S contains the first component of a composition. */ static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) struct glyph_string *s; int force_p; { /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ if (!s->background_filled_p) { int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); if (s->stippled_p) { /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, s->background_width, s->height - 2 * box_line_width); XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); s->background_filled_p = 1; } else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width || s->font_not_found_p || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p || force_p) { x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, s->background_width, s->height - 2 * box_line_width); s->background_filled_p = 1; } } } /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int i, x; /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text of S to the right of that box line. */ if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); else x = s->x; /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be loaded. */ if (s->font_not_found_p) { for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) { struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, s->height - 1); x += g->pixel_width; } } else { char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b; int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset; if (s->font_info->vertical_centering) boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff; /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */ if (!s->two_byte_p) for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2; /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */ if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) { /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */ if (s->two_byte_p) XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); else XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); } else { if (s->two_byte_p) XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); else XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); } } } /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int i, x; /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text of S to the right of that box line. */ if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); else x = s->x; /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of this composition. */ /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ if (s->font_not_found_p) { if (s->gidx == 0) XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1, s->height - 1); } else { for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx) XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2], s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], s->char2b + i, 1); } } #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget)); static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel P_ ((Display *, XrmValue *, Cardinal *, XrmValue *, XrmValue *, XtPointer *)); static void cvt_pixel_dtor P_ ((XtAppContext, XrmValue *, XtPointer, XrmValue *, Cardinal *)); /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame cannot be determined. */ static struct frame * x_frame_of_widget (widget) Widget widget; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; Lisp_Object tail; struct frame *f; dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget)); /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use x_any_window_to_frame. */ while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget)) widget = XtParent (widget); /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */ for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)) && (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)), (f->output_data.nothing != 1 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo)) && f->output_data.x->widget == widget) return f; abort (); } /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero if successful. This is called from lwlib. */ int x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color) Widget widget; Colormap cmap; XColor *color; { struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color); } /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. Value is non-zero if successful. */ int x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta) Widget widget; Display *display; Colormap cmap; unsigned long *pixel; double factor; int delta; { struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); return x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta); } /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */ static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args[] = { {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffset (Widget, core.screen), sizeof (Screen *)}, {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffset (Widget, core.colormap), sizeof (Colormap)} }; /* The address of this variable is returned by cvt_string_to_pixel. */ static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value; /* Convert a color name to a pixel color. DPY is the display we are working on. ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional information about the widget for which the conversion takes place. The contents of this array are determined by the specification in cvt_string_to_pixel_args. FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color. CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if we allocated the color or not. Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */ static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy, args, nargs, from, to, closure_ret) Display *dpy; XrmValue *args; Cardinal *nargs; XrmValue *from, *to; XtPointer *closure_ret; { Screen *screen; Colormap cmap; Pixel pixel; String color_name; XColor color; if (*nargs != 2) { XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy), "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel", "XtToolkitError", "Screen and colormap args required", NULL, NULL); return False; } screen = *(Screen **) args[0].addr; cmap = *(Colormap *) args[1].addr; color_name = (String) from->addr; if (strcmp (color_name, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) { *closure_ret = (XtPointer) False; pixel = WhitePixelOfScreen (screen); } else if (strcmp (color_name, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) { *closure_ret = (XtPointer) False; pixel = BlackPixelOfScreen (screen); } else if (XParseColor (dpy, cmap, color_name, &color) && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy, cmap, &color)) { pixel = color.pixel; *closure_ret = (XtPointer) True; } else { String params[1]; Cardinal nparams = 1; params[0] = color_name; XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy), "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel", "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'", params, &nparams); return False; } if (to->addr != NULL) { if (to->size < sizeof (Pixel)) { to->size = sizeof (Pixel); return False; } *(Pixel *) to->addr = pixel; } else { cvt_string_to_pixel_value = pixel; to->addr = (XtPointer) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value; } to->size = sizeof (Pixel); return True; } /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter. APP is the application context in which we work. TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free. CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color in cvt_string_to_pixel. ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */ static void cvt_pixel_dtor (app, to, closure, args, nargs) XtAppContext app; XrmValuePtr to; XtPointer closure; XrmValuePtr args; Cardinal *nargs; { if (*nargs != 2) { XtAppWarningMsg (app, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor", "XtToolkitError", "Screen and colormap arguments required", NULL, NULL); } else if (closure != NULL) { /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */ Screen *screen = *(Screen **) args[0].addr; Colormap cmap = *(Colormap *) args[1].addr; x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen), screen, cmap, (Pixel *) to->addr, 1); } } #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array. Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps, say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */ static const XColor * x_color_cells (dpy, ncells) Display *dpy; int *ncells; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy); if (dpyinfo->color_cells == NULL) { Screen *screen = dpyinfo->screen; int i; dpyinfo->ncolor_cells = XDisplayCells (dpy, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen)); dpyinfo->color_cells = (XColor *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->ncolor_cells * sizeof *dpyinfo->color_cells); for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; ++i) dpyinfo->color_cells[i].pixel = i; XQueryColors (dpy, dpyinfo->cmap, dpyinfo->color_cells, dpyinfo->ncolor_cells); } *ncells = dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; return dpyinfo->color_cells; } /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */ void x_query_colors (f, colors, ncolors) struct frame *f; XColor *colors; int ncolors; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); if (dpyinfo->color_cells) { int i; for (i = 0; i < ncolors; ++i) { unsigned long pixel = colors[i].pixel; xassert (pixel < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells); xassert (dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel].pixel == pixel); colors[i] = dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel]; } } else XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), colors, ncolors); } /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */ void x_query_color (f, color) struct frame *f; XColor *color; { x_query_colors (f, color, 1); } /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color allocated. */ static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy, cmap, color) Display *dpy; Colormap cmap; XColor *color; { int rc; rc = XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, color); if (rc == 0) { /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest color matching with StaticColor visuals. */ int nearest, i; unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0; int ncells; const XColor *cells = x_color_cells (dpy, &ncells); for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i) { long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8); long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8); long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8); unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue; if (delta < nearest_delta) { nearest = i; nearest_delta = delta; } } color->red = cells[nearest].red; color->green = cells[nearest].green; color->blue = cells[nearest].blue; rc = XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, color); } else { /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */ struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy); XColor *cached_color; if (dpyinfo->color_cells && (cached_color = &dpyinfo->color_cells[color->pixel], (cached_color->red != color->red || cached_color->blue != color->blue || cached_color->green != color->green))) { xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells); dpyinfo->color_cells = NULL; dpyinfo->ncolor_cells = 0; } } #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS if (rc) register_color (color->pixel); #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */ return rc; } /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color allocated. */ int x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color) struct frame *f; Colormap cmap; XColor *color; { gamma_correct (f, color); return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, color); } /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated. It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to get color reference counts right. */ unsigned long x_copy_color (f, pixel) struct frame *f; unsigned long pixel; { XColor color; color.pixel = pixel; BLOCK_INPUT; x_query_color (f, &color); XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color); UNBLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS register_color (pixel); #endif return color.pixel; } /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated. It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to get color reference counts right. */ unsigned long x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel) Display *dpy; Colormap cmap; unsigned long pixel; { XColor color; color.pixel = pixel; BLOCK_INPUT; XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color); XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color); UNBLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS register_color (pixel); #endif return color.pixel; } /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness boosted. Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an use an additional additive factor. The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. Value is non-zero if successful. */ static int x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta) struct frame *f; Display *display; Colormap cmap; unsigned long *pixel; double factor; int delta; { XColor color, new; long bright; int success_p; /* Get RGB color values. */ color.pixel = *pixel; x_query_color (f, &color); /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ xassert (factor >= 0); new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red); new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green); new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue); /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ bright = (2 * color.red + 3 * color.green + color.blue) / 6; /* We only boost colors that are darker than HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ { /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; /* The additive adjustment. */ int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; if (factor < 1) { new.red = max (0, new.red - min_delta); new.green = max (0, new.green - min_delta); new.blue = max (0, new.blue - min_delta); } else { new.red = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.red); new.green = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.green); new.blue = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.blue); } } /* Try to allocate the color. */ success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new); if (success_p) { if (new.pixel == *pixel) { /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding delta to the RGB values. */ x_free_colors (f, &new.pixel, 1); new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red); new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green); new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue); success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new); } else success_p = 1; *pixel = new.pixel; } return success_p; } /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ static void x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) struct frame *f; struct relief *relief; double factor; int delta; unsigned long default_pixel; { XGCValues xgcv; struct x_output *di = f->output_data.x; unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCGraphicsExposures; unsigned long pixel; unsigned long background = di->relief_background; Colormap cmap = FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f); struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; xgcv.line_width = 1; /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */ if (relief->gc && relief->allocated_p) { x_free_colors (f, &relief->pixel, 1); relief->allocated_p = 0; } /* Allocate new color. */ xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; pixel = background; if (dpyinfo->n_planes != 1 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f, dpy, cmap, &pixel, factor, delta)) { relief->allocated_p = 1; xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; } if (relief->gc == 0) { xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; mask |= GCStipple; relief->gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); } else XChangeGC (dpy, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); } /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ static void x_setup_relief_colors (s) struct glyph_string *s; { struct x_output *di = s->f->output_data.x; unsigned long color; if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) color = s->face->box_color; else { XGCValues xgcv; /* Get the background color of the face. */ XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv); color = xgcv.background; } if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 || color != di->relief_background) { di->relief_background = color; x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); } } /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use when drawing. */ static void x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) struct frame *f; int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p; XRectangle *clip_rect; { int i; GC gc; if (raised_p) gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc; else gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc; XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); /* Top. */ for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i); /* Left. */ if (left_p) for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i + 1); XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None); if (raised_p) gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc; else gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc; XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); /* Bottom. */ for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, left_x + i * left_p + 1, bottom_y - i, right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i); /* Right. */ if (right_p) for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i); XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None); } /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use when drawing. */ static void x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) struct glyph_string *s; int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p; XRectangle *clip_rect; { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color); XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); /* Top. */ XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width); /* Left. */ if (left_p) XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); /* Bottom. */ XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width); /* Right. */ if (right_p) XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); } /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; int left_p, right_p; struct glyph *last_glyph; XRectangle clip_rect; last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area); if (s->row->full_width_p && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) { last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f); if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f)) last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); } /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img ? s->first_glyph : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); width = abs (s->face->box_line_width); raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; left_x = s->x; right_x = (s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p ? last_x - 1 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1); top_y = s->y; bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE && (s->prev == NULL || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE && (s->next == NULL || s->next->hl != s->hl))); x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); else { x_setup_relief_colors (s); x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); } } /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_image_foreground (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int x; int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the right of that line. */ if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); else x = s->x; /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position by that margin. */ x += s->img->hmargin; y += s->img->vmargin; if (s->img->pixmap) { if (s->img->mask) { /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't trust on the shape extension to be available (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw manually. */ unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin | GCFunction); XGCValues xgcv; XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; xgcv.function = GXcopy; XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); image_rect.x = x; image_rect.y = y; image_rect.width = s->img->width; image_rect.height = s->img->height; if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); } else { unsigned long mask = GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin | GCFunction; XGCValues xgcv; XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); image_rect.x = x; image_rect.y = y; image_rect.width = s->img->width; image_rect.height = s->img->height; if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around the image. I believe it's looking better if we do nothing here for mouse-face. */ if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); } } else /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); } /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_image_relief (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; XRectangle r; int x; int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the right of that line. */ if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); else x = s->x; /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position by that margin. */ x += s->img->hmargin; y += s->img->vmargin; if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) { thick = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3; raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; } else { thick = abs (s->img->relief); raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; } x0 = x - thick; y0 = y - thick; x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1; y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1; x_setup_relief_colors (s); x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r); } /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) struct glyph_string *s; Pixmap pixmap; { int x; int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the right of that line. */ if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) x = abs (s->face->box_line_width); else x = 0; /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position by that margin. */ x += s->img->hmargin; y += s->img->vmargin; if (s->img->pixmap) { if (s->img->mask) { /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't trust on the shape extension to be available (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw manually. */ unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin | GCFunction); XGCValues xgcv; xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; xgcv.function = GXcopy; XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); } else { XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around the image. I believe it's looking better if we do nothing here for mouse-face. */ if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); } } else /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); } /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H give the rectangle to draw. */ static void x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) struct glyph_string *s; int x, y, w, h; { if (s->stippled_p) { /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); } else x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); } /* Draw image glyph string S. s->y s->x +------------------------- | s->face->box | | +------------------------- | | s->img->margin | | | | +------------------- | | | the image */ static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int x, y; int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width); int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); int height; Pixmap pixmap = None; height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth; /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce flickering. */ s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; if (height > s->img->height || s->img->hmargin || s->img->vmargin || s->img->mask || s->img->pixmap == 0 || s->width != s->background_width) { if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) x = s->x + box_line_hwidth; else x = s->x; y = s->y + box_line_vwidth; if (s->img->mask) { /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it with the background color. Copy the image to it, using its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, s->background_width, s->height, depth); /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the pixmap. */ XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ if (s->stippled_p) { /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); } else { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); } } else x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); s->background_filled_p = 1; } /* Draw the foreground. */ if (pixmap != None) { x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); XCopyArea (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc, 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y); XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap); } else x_draw_image_foreground (s); /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ if (s->img->relief || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) x_draw_image_relief (s); } /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) struct glyph_string *s; { xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR && !x_stretch_cursor_p) { /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as wide as the stretch glyph. */ int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width); /* Draw cursor. */ x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height); /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ if (width < s->background_width) { int x = s->x + width, y = s->y; int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height; XRectangle r; GC gc; if (s->row->mouse_face_p && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w)) { x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); gc = s->gc; } else gc = s->face->gc; x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); XSetClipRectangles (s->display, gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted); if (s->face->stipple) { /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); } else { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground); } } } else if (!s->background_filled_p) x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height); s->background_filled_p = 1; } /* Draw glyph string S. */ static void x_draw_glyph_string (s) struct glyph_string *s; { int relief_drawn_p = 0; /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p) { xassert (s->next->img == NULL); x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next); x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next); x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1); } /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the glyph string can be drawn over it. */ if (!s->for_overlaps_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) { x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); relief_drawn_p = 1; } switch (s->first_glyph->type) { case IMAGE_GLYPH: x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); break; case STRETCH_GLYPH: x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); break; case CHAR_GLYPH: if (s->for_overlaps_p) s->background_filled_p = 1; else x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); break; case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0) s->background_filled_p = 1; else x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); break; default: abort (); } if (!s->for_overlaps_p) { /* Draw underline. */ if (s->face->underline_p) { unsigned long tem, h; int y; /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */ if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &h)) h = 1; /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of the underline. This is a signed value according to the specs, and its default is ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */ if (x_use_underline_position_properties && XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &tem)) y = s->ybase + (long) tem; else if (s->face->font) y = s->ybase + (s->face->font->max_bounds.descent + 1) / 2; else y = s->y + s->height - h; if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, y, s->width, h); else { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, y, s->width, h); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); } } /* Draw overline. */ if (s->face->overline_p) { unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, s->width, h); else { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, s->width, h); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); } } /* Draw strike-through. */ if (s->face->strike_through_p) { unsigned long h = 1; unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, s->width, h); else { XGCValues xgcv; XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color); XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, s->width, h); XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); } } /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */ if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); } /* Reset clipping. */ XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); } static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, struct face **, int)); /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp. FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition. S->gidx is the index of the first component for S. OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and use its physical height for clipping. Value is the index of a component not in S. */ static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p) struct glyph_string *s; struct face **faces; int overlaps_p; { int i; xassert (s); s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p; s->face = faces[s->gidx]; s->font = s->face->font; s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */ ++s->nchars; for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i) ++s->nchars; /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width, i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */ s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the characters of the glyph string. */ if (s->font == NULL) { s->font_not_found_p = 1; s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); } /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ s->two_byte_p = 1; return s->gidx + s->nchars; } /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs. FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1. OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and use its physical height for clipping. Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ static int x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p) struct glyph_string *s; int face_id; int start, end, overlaps_p; { struct glyph *glyph, *last; int voffset; int glyph_not_available_p; xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame)); xassert (s->nchars == 0); xassert (start >= 0 && end > start); s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p, glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; voffset = glyph->voffset; glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p; while (glyph < last && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH && glyph->voffset == voffset /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */ && glyph->face_id == face_id && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p) { int two_byte_p; s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph, s->char2b + s->nchars, &two_byte_p); s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p; ++s->nchars; xassert (s->nchars <= end - start); s->width += glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph; } s->font = s->face->font; s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the characters of the glyph string. */ if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p) { s->font_not_found_p = 1; s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); } /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ s->ybase += voffset; xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; } /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */ static void x_fill_image_glyph_string (s) struct glyph_string *s; { xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH); s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id); xassert (s->img); s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id); s->font = s->face->font; s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; } /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs. ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1. Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end) struct glyph_string *s; struct glyph_row *row; enum glyph_row_area area; int start, end; { struct glyph *glyph, *last; int voffset, face_id; xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; face_id = glyph->face_id; s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); s->font = s->face->font; s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); s->width = glyph->pixel_width; voffset = glyph->voffset; for (++glyph; (glyph < last && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && glyph->voffset == voffset && glyph->face_id == face_id); ++glyph) s->width += glyph->pixel_width; /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ s->ybase += voffset; /* The case that face->gc == 0 is handled when drawing the glyph string by calling PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY. */ xassert (s->face); return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; } /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a face-override for drawing S. */ static void x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) struct glyph_string *s; XChar2b *char2b; struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; enum glyph_row_area area; int start; enum draw_glyphs_face hl; { bzero (s, sizeof *s); s->w = w; s->f = XFRAME (w->frame); s->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s->f); s->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (s->f); s->char2b = char2b; s->hl = hl; s->row = row; s->area = area; s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start; s->height = row->height; s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */ if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) s->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width; s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent; } /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1 in the drawing area. */ static INLINE void x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x) struct glyph_string *s; int start; int last_x; { /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */ struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); if (start == s->row->used[s->area] && s->area == TEXT_AREA && ((s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && (s->row->fill_line_p || s->face->background != default_face->background || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple || s->row->mouse_face_p)) || s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)) s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1; /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing area. */ if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p) s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1; else s->background_width = s->width; } /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here and below -- keep them on one line. */ #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ do \ { \ s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \ x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ s->x = (X); \ } \ while (0) /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ do \ { \ s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \ x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ ++START; \ s->x = (X); \ } \ while (0) /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ do \ { \ int c, face_id; \ XChar2b *char2b; \ \ c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \ face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ \ s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \ x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ s->x = (X); \ START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \ OVERLAPS_P); \ } \ while (0) /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ do { \ int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \ int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \ struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \ int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \ XChar2b *char2b; \ struct face **faces; \ struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \ int n; \ \ base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \ char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \ faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \ /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \ for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \ { \ int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \ int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \ faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \ x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \ this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \ } \ \ /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \ the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \ for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \ { \ s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \ s->cmp = cmp; \ s->gidx = n; \ s->x = (X); \ \ if (n == 0) \ first_s = s; \ \ n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \ } \ \ ++START; \ s = first_s; \ } while (0) /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END. HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end x-positions of the drawing area. This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called asynchronously). */ #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ do \ { \ HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \ while (START < END) \ { \ struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \ switch (first_glyph->type) \ { \ case CHAR_GLYPH: \ BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \ TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \ OVERLAPS_P); \ break; \ \ case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \ BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\ OVERLAPS_P); \ break; \ \ case STRETCH_GLYPH: \ BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ break; \ \ case IMAGE_GLYPH: \ BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \ TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ break; \ \ default: \ abort (); \ } \ \ x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \ (X) += s->width; \ } \ } \ while (0) /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W, starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a face-override with the following meaning: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face. DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting position for display. This can be different from START in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null, return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters and clip to the physical height of ROW. Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */ static int x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end, overlaps_p) struct window *w; int x; struct glyph_row *row; enum glyph_row_area area; int start, end; enum draw_glyphs_face hl; int *real_start, *real_end; int overlaps_p; { struct glyph_string *head, *tail; struct glyph_string *s; int last_x, area_width; int x_reached; int i, j; /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */ end = min (end, row->used[area]); start = max (0, start); start = min (end, start); if (real_start) *real_start = start; if (real_end) *real_end = end; /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right end of the drawing area. */ if (row->full_width_p) { /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars or flag areas. */ struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */ int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); x += window_left_x; area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); last_x = window_left_x + area_width; if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) { int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) last_x += width; else x -= width; } x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); last_x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); } else { x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x); area_width = window_box_width (w, area); last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width); } /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */ i = start; BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x, overlaps_p); if (tail) x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width; else x_reached = x; /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph strings built above. */ if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p) { int dummy_x = 0; struct glyph_string *h, *t; /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */ for (s = head; s; s = s->next) x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph string that are overwritten because of the first glyph string's left overhang. The background of all strings prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string draws over it. */ i = x_left_overwritten (head); if (i >= 0) { j = i; BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, j, start, h, t, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, overlaps_p); start = i; if (real_start) *real_start = start; x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); } /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph string that overwrite that glyph string because of their right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'. The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph strings exist. */ i = x_left_overwriting (head); if (i >= 0) { BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, start, h, t, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, overlaps_p); for (s = h; s; s = s->next) s->background_filled_p = 1; if (real_start) *real_start = i; x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); } /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws over it. */ i = x_right_overwritten (tail); if (i >= 0) { BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, overlaps_p); x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); if (real_end) *real_end = i; } /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */ i = x_right_overwriting (tail); if (i >= 0) { BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, overlaps_p); for (s = h; s; s = s->next) s->background_filled_p = 1; x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); if (real_end) *real_end = i; } } /* Draw all strings. */ for (s = head; s; s = s->next) x_draw_glyph_string (s); /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W. This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */ x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached); if (!row->full_width_p) { if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); if (area > TEXT_AREA) x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); } return x_reached; } /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */ static void x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; enum glyph_row_area area; { int i, x; BLOCK_INPUT; if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) x = 0; else if (area == TEXT_AREA) x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); else x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];) { if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p) { int start = i, start_x = x; do { x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; ++i; } while (i < row->used[area] && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p); x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i, (row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT), NULL, NULL, 1); } else { x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; ++i; } } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position. Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that row being updated. */ static void x_write_glyphs (start, len) struct glyph *start; int len; { int x, hpos, real_start, real_end; xassert (updated_window && updated_row); BLOCK_INPUT; /* Write glyphs. */ hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area]; x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x, updated_row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len, (updated_row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT), &real_start, &real_end, 0); /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */ note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start, real_end - real_start); UNBLOCK_INPUT; /* Advance the output cursor. */ output_cursor.hpos += len; output_cursor.x = x; } /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */ static void x_insert_glyphs (start, len) struct glyph *start; register int len; { struct frame *f; struct window *w; int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width; struct glyph_row *row; struct glyph *glyph; int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end; xassert (updated_window && updated_row); BLOCK_INPUT; w = updated_window; f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); /* Get the height of the line we are in. */ row = updated_row; line_height = row->height; /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */ shift_by_width = 0; for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph) shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width; /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */ shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area) - output_cursor.x - shift_by_width); /* Shift right. */ frame_x = window_box_left (w, updated_area) + output_cursor.x; frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y); XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, frame_x, frame_y, shifted_region_width, line_height, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y); /* Write the glyphs. */ hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area]; x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end, 0); note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start); /* Advance the output cursor. */ output_cursor.hpos += len; output_cursor.x += shift_by_width; UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented for X frames. */ static void x_delete_glyphs (n) register int n; { abort (); } /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable. If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */ void x_clear_area (dpy, window, x, y, width, height, exposures) Display *dpy; Window window; int x, y; int width, height; int exposures; { xassert (width > 0 && height > 0); XClearArea (dpy, window, x, y, width, height, exposures); } /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that everything from TO_X onward is already erased. TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */ static void x_clear_end_of_line (to_x) int to_x; { struct frame *f; struct window *w = updated_window; int max_x, min_y, max_y; int from_x, from_y, to_y; xassert (updated_window && updated_row); f = XFRAME (w->frame); if (updated_row->full_width_p) { max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) && !w->pseudo_window_p) max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); } else max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area); max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w); /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */ if (to_x == 0) return; else if (to_x < 0) to_x = max_x; else to_x = min (to_x, max_x); to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height); /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ if (!updated_row->full_width_p) note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1); from_x = output_cursor.x; /* Translate to frame coordinates. */ if (updated_row->full_width_p) { from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x); to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x); } else { from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x); to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x); } min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y)); to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y); /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */ if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y) { BLOCK_INPUT; x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y, False); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ static void x_clear_frame () { struct frame *f; if (updating_frame) f = updating_frame; else f = SELECTED_FRAME (); /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no longer visible. */ mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; output_cursor.x = -1; /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always follow an explicit cursor_to. */ BLOCK_INPUT; XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ x_scroll_bar_clear (f); XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ static int timeval_subtract (result, x, y) struct timeval *result, x, y; { /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) { int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; y.tv_sec += nsec; } if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) { int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; y.tv_sec -= nsec; } /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly positive. */ result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative. */ return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; } void XTflash (f) struct frame *f; { BLOCK_INPUT; { GC gc; /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels into background pixels. */ { XGCValues values; values.function = GXxor; values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel ^ f->output_data.x->background_pixel); gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), GCFunction | GCForeground, &values); } { /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */ int height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); /* Height of each line to flash. */ int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */ int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); int flash_right = PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); int width; /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame edge it is next to. */ switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f)) { case vertical_scroll_bar_left: flash_left += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; break; case vertical_scroll_bar_right: flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; break; default: break; } width = flash_right - flash_left; /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) { XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, flash_left, (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)), width, flash_height); XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, flash_left, (height - flash_height - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), width, flash_height); } else /* If it is short, flash it all. */ XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); x_flush (f); { struct timeval wakeup; EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets available. */ while (! detect_input_pending ()) { struct timeval current; struct timeval timeout; EMACS_GET_TIME (current); /* Break if result would be negative. */ if (timeval_subtract (¤t, wakeup, current)) break; /* How long `select' should wait. */ timeout.tv_sec = 0; timeout.tv_usec = 10000; /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout); } } /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) { XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, flash_left, (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)), width, flash_height); XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, flash_left, (height - flash_height - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), width, flash_height); } else /* If it is short, flash it all. */ XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc); x_flush (f); } } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */ /* Make audible bell. */ void XTring_bell () { struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)) { #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) if (visible_bell) XTflash (f); else #endif { BLOCK_INPUT; XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 0); XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } } /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. This, and those operations, are used only within an update that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ static void XTset_terminal_window (n) register int n; { /* This function intentionally left blank. */ } /*********************************************************************** Line Dance ***********************************************************************/ /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ static void x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) int vpos, n; { abort (); } /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ static void x_scroll_run (w, run) struct window *w; struct run *run; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the left and right of W. */ window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); bottom_y = y + height; if (to_y < from_y) { /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode line at the bottom. */ if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) height = bottom_y - from_y; else height = run->height; } else { /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. at the bottom. */ if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) height = bottom_y - to_y; else height = run->height; } BLOCK_INPUT; /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ updated_window = w; x_clear_cursor (w); XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x, from_y, width, height, x, to_y); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /*********************************************************************** Exposure Events ***********************************************************************/ /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw the entire frame. */ static void expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h) struct frame *f; int x, y, w, h; { XRectangle r; int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame ")); /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */ if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) { TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n")); return; } /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */ if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) { TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n")); return; } if (w == 0 || h == 0) { r.x = r.y = 0; r.width = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width; r.height = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height; } else { r.x = x; r.y = y; r.width = w; r.height = h; } TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height)); mouse_face_overwritten_p = expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r); if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window), &r); #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), &r); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame, and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted, then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events. These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here. Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */ if (mouse_face_overwritten_p && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) { int x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x; int y = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y; clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y); } } } /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */ static int expose_window_tree (w, r) struct window *w; XRectangle *r; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; while (w && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) { if (!NILP (w->hchild)) mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r); else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r); else mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (w, r); w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); } return mouse_face_overwritten_p; } /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */ static void expose_area (w, row, r, area) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; XRectangle *r; enum glyph_row_area area; { struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area]; struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; struct glyph *last; int first_x, start_x, x; if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p) /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */ x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area, 0, row->used[area], row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, NULL, NULL, 0); else { /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible. The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */ if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) start_x = 0; else if (area == TEXT_AREA) start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); else start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); x = start_x; /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */ while (first < end && x + first->pixel_width < r->x) { x += first->pixel_width; ++first; } /* Find the last one. */ last = first; first_x = x; while (last < end && x < r->x + r->width) { x += last->pixel_width; ++last; } /* Repaint. */ if (last > first) x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area, first - row->glyphs[area], last - row->glyphs[area], row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, NULL, NULL, 0); } } /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is non-zero if mouse-face was overwritten. */ static int expose_line (w, row, r) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; XRectangle *r; { xassert (row->enabled_p); if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p) x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA], row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, NULL, NULL, 0); else { if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA); if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row); } return row->mouse_face_p; } /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */ static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r) struct window *w; XRectangle *r; { XRectangle cr, result; struct glyph *cursor_glyph; cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); if (cursor_glyph) { cr.x = w->phys_cursor.x; cr.y = w->phys_cursor.y; cr.width = cursor_glyph->pixel_width; cr.height = w->phys_cursor_height; return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr, r, &result); } else return 0; } /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */ static int expose_window (w, fr) struct window *w; XRectangle *fr; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); XRectangle wr, r; int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split. Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly created window. */ if (w->current_matrix == NULL) return 0; /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display later. */ if (w == updated_window) { SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); return 0; } /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */ wr.x = XFASTINT (w->left) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); wr.y = XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f); wr.width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); wr.height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f); if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr, &wr, &r)) { int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); struct glyph_row *row; int cursor_cleared_p; TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height)); /* Convert to window coordinates. */ r.x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.x); r.y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.y); /* Turn off the cursor. */ if (!w->pseudo_window_p && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, &r)) { x_clear_cursor (w); cursor_cleared_p = 1; } else cursor_cleared_p = 0; /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */ for (row = w->current_matrix->rows; row->enabled_p; ++row) { int y0 = row->y; int y1 = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); if ((y0 >= r.y && y0 < r.y + r.height) || (y1 > r.y && y1 < r.y + r.height) || (r.y >= y0 && r.y < y1) || (r.y + r.height > y0 && r.y + r.height < y1)) { if (expose_line (w, row, &r)) mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; } if (y1 >= yb) break; } /* Display the mode line if there is one. */ if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix), row->enabled_p) && row->y < r.y + r.height) { if (expose_line (w, row, &r)) mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; } if (!w->pseudo_window_p) { /* Draw border between windows. */ x_draw_vertical_border (w); /* Turn the cursor on again. */ if (cursor_cleared_p) x_update_window_cursor (w, 1); } } return mouse_face_overwritten_p; } /* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not empty. */ static int x_intersect_rectangles (r1, r2, result) XRectangle *r1, *r2, *result; { XRectangle *left, *right; XRectangle *upper, *lower; int intersection_p = 0; /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */ if (r1->x < r2->x) left = r1, right = r2; else left = r2, right = r1; /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1, otherwise there is no intersection. */ if (right->x <= left->x + left->width) { result->x = right->x; /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the the right ends of left and right. */ result->width = (min (left->x + left->width, right->x + right->width) - result->x); /* Same game for Y. */ if (r1->y < r2->y) upper = r1, lower = r2; else upper = r2, lower = r1; /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */ if (lower->y <= upper->y + upper->height) { result->y = lower->y; /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower ends of upper and lower. */ result->height = (min (lower->y + lower->height, upper->y + upper->height) - result->y); intersection_p = 1; } } return intersection_p; } static void frame_highlight (f) struct frame *f; { /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ BLOCK_INPUT; XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->border_pixel); UNBLOCK_INPUT; x_update_cursor (f, 1); } static void frame_unhighlight (f) struct frame *f; { /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ BLOCK_INPUT; XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->border_tile); UNBLOCK_INPUT; x_update_cursor (f, 1); } /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ static void x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; struct frame *frame; { struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) { /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame; if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) x_lower_frame (old_focus); #if 0 selected_frame = frame; XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, selected_frame); Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window); choose_minibuf_frame (); #endif /* ! 0 */ if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise) pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; else pending_autoraise_frame = 0; } x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); } /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ void x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; { x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame); } /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find the appropriate X display info. */ static void XTframe_rehighlight (frame) struct frame *frame; { x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); } static void x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; { struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) { dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))) ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) { FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil; dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; } } else dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) { if (old_highlight) frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); } } /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ static void x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; { int min_code, max_code; KeySym *syms; int syms_per_code; XModifierKeymap *mods; dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0; dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0; dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0; dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0; #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code); #else min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode; max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode; #endif syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display, min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, &syms_per_code); mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display); /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and Alt keysyms are on. */ { int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) { KeyCode code = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ if (code == 0) continue; /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ { int code_col; for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) { int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; switch (sym) { case XK_Meta_L: case XK_Meta_R: dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); break; case XK_Alt_L: case XK_Alt_R: dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); break; case XK_Hyper_L: case XK_Hyper_R: dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); break; case XK_Super_L: case XK_Super_R: dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); break; case XK_Shift_Lock: /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ if ((1 << row) == LockMask) dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask; break; } } } } } /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) { dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask; dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; } /* If some keys are both alt and meta, make them just meta, not alt. */ if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) { dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask; } XFree ((char *) syms); XFreeModifiermap (mods); } /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits Emacs uses. */ static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; unsigned int state; { return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0) | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) | ((state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) ? meta_modifier : 0) | ((state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) ? alt_modifier : 0) | ((state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) ? super_modifier : 0) | ((state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) ? hyper_modifier : 0)); } static unsigned int x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; unsigned int state; { return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0) | ((state & super_modifier) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0) | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0) | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) | ((state & meta_modifier) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0)); } /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ char * x_get_keysym_name (keysym) KeySym keysym; { char *value; BLOCK_INPUT; value = XKeysymToString (keysym); UNBLOCK_INPUT; return value; } /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do not force the value into range. */ void pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) FRAME_PTR f; register int pix_x, pix_y; register int *x, *y; XRectangle *bounds; int noclip; { /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down even for negative values. */ if (pix_x < 0) pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1; if (pix_y < 0) pix_y -= (f)->output_data.x->line_height - 1; pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); if (bounds) { bounds->width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); bounds->height = f->output_data.x->line_height; bounds->x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); bounds->y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); } if (!noclip) { if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f); if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; else if (pix_y > f->height) pix_y = f->height; } *x = pix_x; *y = pix_y; } /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date, return 0. */ int glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y) struct window *w; int hpos, vpos; int *frame_x, *frame_y; { int success_p; xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w); xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h); if (display_completed) { struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]); *frame_y = row->y; *frame_x = row->x; while (glyph < end) { *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph; } success_p = 1; } else { *frame_y = *frame_x = 0; success_p = 0; } *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y); *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x); return success_p; } /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed the mouse. */ static Lisp_Object construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) struct input_event *result; XButtonEvent *event; struct frame *f; { /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide otherwise. */ result->kind = mouse_click; result->code = event->button - Button1; result->timestamp = event->time; result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), event->state) | (event->type == ButtonRelease ? up_modifier : down_modifier)); XSETINT (result->x, event->x); XSETINT (result->y, event->y); XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); result->arg = Qnil; return Qnil; } /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. The input handler calls this. We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event; static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; static void note_mouse_movement (frame, event) FRAME_PTR frame; XMotionEvent *event; { last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; last_mouse_motion_event = *event; XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) { frame->mouse_moved = 1; last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); } /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height) { frame->mouse_moved = 1; last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); } } /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ int disable_mouse_highlight; /************************************************************************ Mouse Face ************************************************************************/ /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W. Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X. Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to date. */ static struct glyph * x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area, buffer_only_p) struct window *w; int x, y; int *hpos, *vpos, *area; int buffer_only_p; { struct glyph *glyph, *end; struct glyph_row *row = NULL; int x0, i, left_area_width; /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */ for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) { row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); if (!row->enabled_p) return NULL; if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) break; } *vpos = i; *hpos = 0; /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */ if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows) return NULL; /* Get the glyph area containing X. */ if (w->pseudo_window_p) { *area = TEXT_AREA; x0 = 0; } else { left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); if (x < left_area_width) { *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; x0 = 0; } else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)) { *area = TEXT_AREA; x0 = row->x + left_area_width; } else { *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); } } /* Find glyph containing X. */ glyph = row->glyphs[*area]; end = glyph + row->used[*area]; while (glyph < end) { if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) { if (w->pseudo_window_p) break; else if (!buffer_only_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object)) break; } x0 += glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph; } if (glyph == end) return NULL; *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area]; return glyph; } /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W. Takes pseudo-windows into account. */ static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y) struct window *w; int *x, *y; { if (w->pseudo_window_p) { /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */ struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f); *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); } else { *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x); *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); } } /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */ static void note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p) struct window *w; int x, mode_line_p; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; struct glyph_row *row; if (mode_line_p) row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); else row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); if (row->enabled_p) { struct glyph *glyph, *end; Lisp_Object help, map; int x0; /* Find the glyph under X. */ glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f) + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)); while (glyph < end && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width) { x0 += glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph; } if (glyph < end && STRINGP (glyph->object) && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals && glyph->charpos >= 0 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size) { /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */ help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), Qhelp_echo, glyph->object); if (!NILP (help)) { help_echo = help; XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w); help_echo_object = glyph->object; help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos; } /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */ map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), Qlocal_map, glyph->object); if (KEYMAPP (map)) cursor = f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor; else { map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), Qkeymap, glyph->object); if (KEYMAPP (map)) cursor = f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor; } } } XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor); } /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before. X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ static void note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) struct frame *f; int x, y; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); int portion; Lisp_Object window; struct window *w; Cursor cursor = None; struct buffer *b; /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */ #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (popup_activated ()) return; #endif if (disable_mouse_highlight || !f->glyphs_initialized_p) return; dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer) return; if (gc_in_progress) { dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; return; } /* Which window is that in? */ window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1); /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); /* Not on a window -> return. */ if (!WINDOWP (window)) return; /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */ w = XWINDOW (window); frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a buffer. */ if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) { note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y); return; } /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */ if (portion == 1 || portion == 3) { note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1); return; } if (portion == 2) cursor = f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor; else cursor = f->output_data.x->text_cursor; /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ b = XBUFFER (w->buffer); if (/* Within text portion of the window. */ portion == 0 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (b) && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b)) { int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area; struct glyph *glyph; Lisp_Object object; Lisp_Object mouse_face = Qnil, overlay = Qnil, position; Lisp_Object *overlay_vec = NULL; int len, noverlays; struct buffer *obuf; int obegv, ozv, same_region; /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area, 0); /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */ if (glyph == NULL || area != TEXT_AREA || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p) { if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)) cursor = None; goto set_cursor; } pos = glyph->charpos; object = glyph->object; if (!STRINGP (object) && !BUFFERP (object)) goto set_cursor; /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ if (BUFFERP (object) && pos > BUF_Z (b)) goto set_cursor; /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ obuf = current_buffer; current_buffer = b; obegv = BEGV; ozv = ZV; BEGV = BEG; ZV = Z; /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */ position = make_number (pos); if (BUFFERP (object)) { /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make enough space for all, and try again. */ len = 10; overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0); if (noverlays > len) { len = noverlays; overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0); } /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */ noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); } else noverlays = 0; same_region = (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)); if (same_region) cursor = None; /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */ if (! same_region /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping the one we are currently highlighting, we have to check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then highlight only that. */ || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay) && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay))) { /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face property. */ overlay = Qnil; for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (overlay); --i) { mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); if (!NILP (mouse_face)) overlay = overlay_vec[i]; } /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as before, there's no need to do that again. */ if (!NILP (overlay) && EQ (overlay, dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)) goto check_help_echo; dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = overlay; /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)) cursor = None; /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ if (NILP (overlay)) mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, object); /* Handle the overlay case. */ if (!NILP (overlay)) { /* Find the range of text around this char that should be active. */ Lisp_Object before, after; int ignore; before = Foverlay_start (overlay); after = Foverlay_end (overlay); /* Record this as the current active region. */ fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil); dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil); dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, &ignore, pos + 1, 1); /* Display it as active. */ show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); cursor = None; } /* Handle the text property case. */ else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && BUFFERP (object)) { /* Find the range of text around this char that should be active. */ Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; int ignore; beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); end = make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object)) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)); before = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), Qmouse_face, object, beginning); after = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, object, end); /* Record this as the current active region. */ fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil); dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil); dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; if (BUFFERP (object)) dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, &ignore, pos + 1, 1); /* Display it as active. */ show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); cursor = None; } else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && STRINGP (object)) { Lisp_Object b, e; int ignore; b = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), Qmouse_face, object, Qnil); e = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, object, Qnil); if (NILP (b)) b = make_number (0); if (NILP (e)) e = make_number (XSTRING (object)->size - 1); fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (b), object, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, 0); fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (e), object, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, 1); dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = face_at_string_position (w, object, pos, 0, 0, 0, &ignore, glyph->face_id, 1); show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); cursor = None; } else if (STRINGP (object) && NILP (mouse_face)) { /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but the text ``under'' it might have. */ struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r); pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start); if (pos > 0) mouse_face = get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos), Qmouse_face, w->buffer, &overlay); if (!NILP (mouse_face) && !NILP (overlay)) { Lisp_Object before = Foverlay_start (overlay); Lisp_Object after = Foverlay_end (overlay); Lisp_Object ignore; /* Note that we might not be able to find position BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is entirely covered by a `display' property. In this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */ fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, object); dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil); dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, &ignore, pos + 1, 1); /* Display it as active. */ show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); cursor = None; } } } check_help_echo: /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */ { Lisp_Object help, overlay; /* Check overlays first. */ help = overlay = Qnil; for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i) { overlay = overlay_vec[i]; help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo); } if (!NILP (help)) { help_echo = help; help_echo_window = window; help_echo_object = overlay; help_echo_pos = pos; } else { Lisp_Object object = glyph->object; int charpos = glyph->charpos; /* Try text properties. */ if (STRINGP (object) && charpos >= 0 && charpos < XSTRING (object)->size) { help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo, object); if (NILP (help)) { /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo, see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */ struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r); int pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start); if (pos > 0) { help = Fget_char_property (make_number (pos), Qhelp_echo, w->buffer); if (!NILP (help)) { charpos = pos; object = w->buffer; } } } } else if (BUFFERP (object) && charpos >= BEGV && charpos < ZV) help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo, object); if (!NILP (help)) { help_echo = help; help_echo_window = window; help_echo_object = object; help_echo_pos = charpos; } } } BEGV = obegv; ZV = ozv; current_buffer = obuf; } set_cursor: if (cursor != None) XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor); } static void redo_mouse_highlight () { if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), last_mouse_motion_event.x, last_mouse_motion_event.y); } /*********************************************************************** Tool-bars ***********************************************************************/ static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *)); /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed or -1. */ static int last_tool_bar_item; /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F. Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before. 1 otherwise. */ static int x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx) struct frame *f; int x, y; struct glyph **glyph; int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); int area; /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area, 0); if (*glyph == NULL) return -1; /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in f->tool_bar_items. */ if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx)) return -1; /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */ if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)) return 0; return 1; } /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress or ButtonRelase. */ static void x_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event) struct frame *f; XButtonEvent *button_event; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); int hpos, vpos, prop_idx; struct glyph *glyph; Lisp_Object enabled_p; int x = button_event->x; int y = button_event->y; /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */ frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0) return; /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */ enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P); if (NILP (enabled_p)) return; if (button_event->type == ButtonPress) { /* Show item in pressed state. */ show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN); dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN; last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx; } else { Lisp_Object key, frame; struct input_event event; /* Show item in released state. */ show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED); dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); XSETFRAME (frame, f); event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; event.frame_or_window = frame; event.arg = frame; kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; event.frame_or_window = frame; event.arg = key; event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), button_event->state); kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); last_tool_bar_item = -1; } } /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from note_mouse_highlight. */ static void note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y) struct frame *f; int x, y; { Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window; struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); int hpos, vpos; struct glyph *glyph; struct glyph_row *row; int i; Lisp_Object enabled_p; int prop_idx; enum draw_glyphs_face draw; int mouse_down_p, rc; /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */ if (x <= 0 || y <= 0) { clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); return; } rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx); if (rc < 0) { /* Not on tool-bar item. */ clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); return; } else if (rc == 0) goto set_help_echo; clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */ mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed && f == last_mouse_frame && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); if (mouse_down_p && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx) return; dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */ enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P); if (!NILP (enabled_p)) { /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */ row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i) x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width; /* Record this as the current active region. */ dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos; dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos; dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x; dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y; dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID; /* Display it as active. */ show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw); dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw; } set_help_echo: /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item. XTread_socket does the rest. */ help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; help_echo_pos = -1; help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); if (NILP (help_echo)) help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); } /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W. *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of last line in W. In the row containing POS, stop before glyphs having STOP as object. */ static int fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop) struct window *w; int pos; int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; Lisp_Object stop; { int i; int lastcol; int maybe_next_line_p = 0; int line_start_position; int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); struct glyph_row *row, *best_row; int row_vpos, best_row_vpos; int current_x; row = best_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); row_vpos = best_row_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix); while (row->y < yb) { if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos; else line_start_position = 0; if (line_start_position > pos) break; /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ else if (line_start_position == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) { maybe_next_line_p = 1; break; } else if (line_start_position > 0) { best_row = row; best_row_vpos = row_vpos; } if (row->y + row->height >= yb) break; ++row; ++row_vpos; } /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */ lastcol = 0; current_x = best_row->x; for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++) { struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i; int charpos = glyph->charpos; if (BUFFERP (glyph->object)) { if (charpos == pos) { *hpos = i; *vpos = best_row_vpos; *x = current_x; *y = best_row->y; return 1; } else if (charpos > pos) break; } else if (EQ (glyph->object, stop)) break; if (charpos > 0) lastcol = i; current_x += glyph->pixel_width; } /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, use the start of the following line. */ if (maybe_next_line_p) { ++best_row; ++best_row_vpos; lastcol = 0; current_x = best_row->x; } *vpos = best_row_vpos; *hpos = lastcol + 1; *x = current_x; *y = best_row->y; return 0; } /* Find the position of the the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph. RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position. If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the next larger position in OBJECT. Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */ static int fast_find_string_pos (w, pos, object, hpos, vpos, x, y, right_p) struct window *w; int pos; Lisp_Object object; int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; int right_p; { int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); struct glyph_row *r; struct glyph *best_glyph = NULL; struct glyph_row *best_row = NULL; int best_x = 0; for (r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); r->enabled_p && r->y < yb; ++r) { struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; struct glyph *e = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; int gx; for (gx = r->x; g < e; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g) if (EQ (g->object, object)) { if (g->charpos == pos) { best_glyph = g; best_x = gx; best_row = r; goto found; } else if (best_glyph == NULL || ((abs (g->charpos - pos) < abs (best_glyph->charpos - pos)) && (right_p ? g->charpos < pos : g->charpos > pos))) { best_glyph = g; best_x = gx; best_row = r; } } } found: if (best_glyph) { *x = best_x; *hpos = best_glyph - best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; if (right_p) { *x += best_glyph->pixel_width; ++*hpos; } *y = best_row->y; *vpos = best_row - w->current_matrix->rows; } return best_glyph != NULL; } /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ static void show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; enum draw_glyphs_face draw; { struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); int i; int cursor_off_p = 0; struct cursor_pos saved_cursor; saved_cursor = output_cursor; /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother to do anything. */ if (w->current_matrix == NULL) goto set_x_cursor; /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */ if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows) goto set_x_cursor; set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor); /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */ for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row; i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row; i++) { int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x; struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */ if (!row->enabled_p) continue; /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */ if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row) { start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col; start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x; } else { start_hpos = 0; start_x = 0; } if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row) end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col; else end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the cursor off. */ if (!w->pseudo_window_p && i == output_cursor.vpos && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1 && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos) { x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); cursor_off_p = 1; } if (end_hpos > start_hpos) { x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA, start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL, 0); row->mouse_face_p = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; } } /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ if (cursor_off_p) x_display_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos, output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); output_cursor = saved_cursor; set_x_cursor: /* Change the mouse cursor. */ if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->text_cursor); else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->cross_cursor); else XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); } /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */ static int clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; { int cleared = 0; if (!NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) { show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT); cleared = 1; } dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil; return cleared; } /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */ static void x_clear_mouse_face (w) struct window *w; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); Lisp_Object window; BLOCK_INPUT; XSETWINDOW (window, w); if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any. This is used when the size of F is changed. */ void cancel_mouse_face (f) FRAME_PTR f; { Lisp_Object window; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window; if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f) { dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; } } static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, XRectangle *)); /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these values. */ static int glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect) struct frame *f; int x, y; XRectangle *rect; { Lisp_Object window; int part, found = 0; window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &part, 0); if (!NILP (window)) { struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; int area; frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); for (; !found && r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r) if (r->y >= y) { struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; int gx; for (gx = r->x; !found && g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g) if (gx >= x) { rect->width = g->pixel_width; rect->height = r->height; rect->x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx); rect->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y); found = 1; } } } return found; } /* Return the current position of the mouse. *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW, and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's position on the scroll bar. If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell the mouse is over. Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse was at this position. Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse movement. */ static void XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) FRAME_PTR *fp; int insist; Lisp_Object *bar_window; enum scroll_bar_part *part; Lisp_Object *x, *y; unsigned long *time; { FRAME_PTR f1; BLOCK_INPUT; if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); else { Window root; int root_x, root_y; Window dummy_window; int dummy; Lisp_Object frame, tail; /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)) XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; /* Figure out which root window we're on. */ XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)), /* The root window which contains the pointer. */ &root, /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on a different screen. */ &dummy_window, /* The position on that root window. */ &root_x, &root_y, /* More trash we can't trust. */ &dummy, &dummy, /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which we don't care. */ (unsigned int *) &dummy); /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window containing the pointer. */ { Window win, child; int win_x, win_y; int parent_x = 0, parent_y = 0; int count; win = root; /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window structure is changing at the same time this function is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */ count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)); if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) { /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame even if the mouse is now outside it. */ XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), /* From-window, to-window. */ root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame), /* From-position, to-position. */ root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, /* Child of win. */ &child); f1 = last_mouse_frame; } else { while (1) { XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), /* From-window, to-window. */ root, win, /* From-position, to-position. */ root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, /* Child of win. */ &child); if (child == None || child == win) break; win = child; parent_x = win_x; parent_y = win_y; } /* Now we know that: win is the innermost window containing the pointer (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer), win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it (XTC did this the last time through), and parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent. (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child. If win is the root window, it has no parent, and parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll never use them in that case.) */ /* Is win one of our frames? */ f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), win); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not on the frame. */ if (f1 != NULL && f1->output_data.x->menubar_widget && win == XtWindow (f1->output_data.x->menubar_widget)) f1 = NULL; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ } if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp))) f1 = 0; x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), count); /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ if (! f1) { struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win); if (bar) { f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); win_x = parent_x; win_y = parent_y; } } if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); if (f1) { /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the size of the smallest character that could be displayed on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on the frame are divided into. */ int width, height, gx, gy; XRectangle rect; if (glyph_rect (f1, win_x, win_y, &rect)) last_mouse_glyph = rect; else { width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1); height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1); gx = win_x; gy = win_y; /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down even for negative values. */ if (gx < 0) gx -= width - 1; if (gy < 0) gy -= height - 1; gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width; gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height; last_mouse_glyph.width = width; last_mouse_glyph.height = height; last_mouse_glyph.x = gx; last_mouse_glyph.y = gy; } *bar_window = Qnil; *part = 0; *fp = f1; XSETINT (*x, win_x); XSETINT (*y, win_y); *time = last_mouse_movement_time; } } } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush that slows us down. */ static void x_process_timeouts (timer) struct atimer *timer; { if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction || popup_activated_flag) { BLOCK_INPUT; while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con) & XtIMTimer) XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con, XtIMTimer); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Scroll bar support. */ /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark bits. */ static struct scroll_bar * x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) Window window_id; { Lisp_Object tail; for (tail = Vframe_list; XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; tail = XCDR (tail)) { Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; frame = XCAR (tail); /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) abort (); /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the right window ID. */ condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, condemned = Qnil, ! GC_NILP (bar)); bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); } return 0; } #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_LUCID /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */ static Widget x_window_to_menu_bar (window) Window window; { Lisp_Object tail; for (tail = Vframe_list; XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; tail = XCDR (tail)) { Lisp_Object frame = XCAR (tail); Widget menu_bar = XFRAME (frame)->output_data.x->menubar_widget; if (menu_bar && xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar, window)) return menu_bar; } return NULL; } #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT && USE_LUCID */ /************************************************************************ Toolkit scroll bars ************************************************************************/ #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event P_ ((XEvent *, struct input_event *)); static void x_send_scroll_bar_event P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int)); static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar P_ ((struct frame *, struct scroll_bar *)); static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *, int, int, int)); /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */ static XtActionHookId action_hook_id; /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */ static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled; /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */ static int last_scroll_bar_part; /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */ static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll; /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully to avoid jerkyness. */ static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top; /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so. */ static void xt_action_hook (widget, client_data, action_name, event, params, num_params) Widget widget; XtPointer client_data; String action_name; XEvent *event; String *params; Cardinal *num_params; { int scroll_bar_p; char *end_action; #ifdef USE_MOTIF scroll_bar_p = XmIsScrollBar (widget); end_action = "Release"; #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ scroll_bar_p = XtIsSubclass (widget, scrollbarWidgetClass); end_action = "EndScroll"; #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ if (scroll_bar_p && strcmp (action_name, end_action) == 0 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled)) { struct window *w; x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled, scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0); w = XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled); XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging = Qnil; window_being_scrolled = Qnil; last_scroll_bar_part = -1; /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */ toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 0; } } /* A vector of windows used for communication between x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */ static struct window **scroll_bar_windows; static int scroll_bar_windows_size; /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */ static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (window, part, portion, whole) Lisp_Object window; int part, portion, whole; { XEvent event; XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event; struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); int i; BLOCK_INPUT; /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */ ev->type = ClientMessage; ev->message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_Scrollbar; ev->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); ev->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); ev->format = 32; /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system. So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index into that array in the event. */ for (i = 0; i < scroll_bar_windows_size; ++i) if (scroll_bar_windows[i] == NULL) break; if (i == scroll_bar_windows_size) { int new_size = max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size); size_t nbytes = new_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows; size_t old_nbytes = scroll_bar_windows_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows; scroll_bar_windows = (struct window **) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows, nbytes); bzero (&scroll_bar_windows[i], nbytes - old_nbytes); scroll_bar_windows_size = new_size; } scroll_bar_windows[i] = w; ev->data.l[0] = (long) i; ev->data.l[1] = (long) part; ev->data.l[2] = (long) 0; ev->data.l[3] = (long) portion; ev->data.l[4] = (long) whole; /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */ toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 1; /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will be sent to the client that created the window, and if that window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */ XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), False, 0, &event); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event in *IEVENT. */ static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event, ievent) XEvent *event; struct input_event *ievent; { XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) event; Lisp_Object window; struct frame *f; struct window *w; w = scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]]; scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]] = NULL; XSETWINDOW (window, w); f = XFRAME (w->frame); ievent->kind = scroll_bar_click; ievent->frame_or_window = window; ievent->arg = Qnil; ievent->timestamp = XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); ievent->part = ev->data.l[1]; ievent->code = ev->data.l[2]; ievent->x = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[3]); ievent->y = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[4]); ievent->modifiers = 0; } #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */ #define XM_SB_MIN 1 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000 #define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN) /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */ static void xm_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) Widget widget; XtPointer client_data, call_data; { struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *cs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *) call_data; double percent; int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0; switch (cs->reason) { case XmCR_DECREMENT: bar->dragging = Qnil; part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; break; case XmCR_INCREMENT: bar->dragging = Qnil; part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; break; case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT: bar->dragging = Qnil; part = scroll_bar_above_handle; break; case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT: bar->dragging = Qnil; part = scroll_bar_below_handle; break; case XmCR_TO_TOP: bar->dragging = Qnil; part = scroll_bar_to_top; break; case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM: bar->dragging = Qnil; part = scroll_bar_to_bottom; break; case XmCR_DRAG: { int slider_size; int dragging_down_p = (INTEGERP (bar->dragging) && XINT (bar->dragging) <= cs->value); /* Get the slider size. */ BLOCK_INPUT; XtVaGetValues (widget, XmNsliderSize, &slider_size, NULL); UNBLOCK_INPUT; /* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise movement. Without doing anything, we would be called with the same cs->value again and again. If we want to make sure that we can reach the end of the buffer, we have to do something. Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position. Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives a better slider behavior. */ if (cs->value + slider_size == XM_SB_MAX || (dragging_down_p && last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)) { part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; bar->dragging = Qnil; } else { whole = XM_SB_RANGE; portion = min (cs->value - XM_SB_MIN, XM_SB_MAX - slider_size); part = scroll_bar_handle; bar->dragging = make_number (cs->value); } } break; case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED: break; }; if (part >= 0) { window_being_scrolled = bar->window; last_scroll_bar_part = part; x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); } } #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw. */ /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged. WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where the thumb is. */ static void xaw_jump_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) Widget widget; XtPointer client_data, call_data; { struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; float top = *(float *) call_data; float shown; int whole, portion, height; int part; /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */ BLOCK_INPUT; XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNshown, &shown, XtNheight, &height, NULL); UNBLOCK_INPUT; whole = 10000000; portion = shown < 1 ? top * whole : 0; if (shown < 1 && (abs (top + shown - 1) < 1.0/height)) /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the bottom). */ part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; else part = scroll_bar_handle; window_being_scrolled = bar->window; bar->dragging = make_number (portion); last_scroll_bar_part = part; x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); } /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling., i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that has taken place. It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start. Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */ static void xaw_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) Widget widget; XtPointer client_data, call_data; { struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; int position = (int) call_data; Dimension height; int part; /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */ BLOCK_INPUT; XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL); UNBLOCK_INPUT; if (abs (position) >= height) part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle : scroll_bar_below_handle; /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR, it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */ else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && abs (position) <= max (5, height / 20)) part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow : scroll_bar_down_arrow; else part = scroll_bar_move_ratio; window_being_scrolled = bar->window; bar->dragging = Qnil; last_scroll_bar_part = part; x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, position, height); } #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */ /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */ static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar) struct frame *f; struct scroll_bar *bar; { Window xwindow; Widget widget; Arg av[20]; int ac = 0; char *scroll_bar_name = "verticalScrollBar"; unsigned long pixel; BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* Set resources. Create the widget. */ XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNminimum, XM_SB_MIN); ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNmaximum, XM_SB_MAX); ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNorientation, XmVERTICAL); ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNprocessingDirection, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM), ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNincrement, 1); ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNpageIncrement, 1); ++ac; pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel; if (pixel != -1) { XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNforeground, pixel); ++ac; } pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; if (pixel != -1) { XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNbackground, pixel); ++ac; } widget = XmCreateScrollBar (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, scroll_bar_name, av, ac); /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */ XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdragCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XmNincrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageDecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageIncrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoBottomCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoTopCallback, xm_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */ XtRealizeWidget (widget); /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that. And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */ XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget), XtWindow (widget), f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste. We don't alter it here to let users change it according to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */ XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac; XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNorientation, XtorientVertical); ++ac; /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */ /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */ /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); ++ac; */ pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel; if (pixel != -1) { XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNforeground, pixel); ++ac; } pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; if (pixel != -1) { XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbackground, pixel); ++ac; } widget = XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name, scrollbarWidgetClass, f->output_data.x->edit_widget, av, ac); { char *initial = ""; char *val = initial; XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNscrollVCursor, (XtPointer) &val, XtNpickTop, (XtPointer) &xaw3d_pick_top, NULL); if (val == initial) { /* ARROW_SCROLL */ xaw3d_arrow_scroll = True; /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */ XtVaSetValues (widget, XtNcursorName, "top_left_arrow", NULL); } } /* Define callbacks. */ XtAddCallback (widget, XtNjumpProc, xaw_jump_callback, (XtPointer) bar); XtAddCallback (widget, XtNscrollProc, xaw_scroll_callback, (XtPointer) bar); /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */ XtRealizeWidget (widget); #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */ if (action_hook_id == 0) action_hook_id = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con, xt_action_hook, 0); /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */ SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar, widget); xwindow = XtWindow (widget); SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, xwindow); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) struct scroll_bar *bar; int portion, position, whole; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); Widget widget = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar); float top, shown; if (whole == 0) top = 0, shown = 1; else { top = (float) position / whole; shown = (float) portion / whole; } BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_MOTIF { int size, value; XmScrollBarWidget sb; /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum value. */ size = shown * XM_SB_RANGE; size = min (size, XM_SB_RANGE); size = max (size, 1); /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */ value = top * XM_SB_RANGE; value = min (value, XM_SB_MAX - size); value = max (value, XM_SB_MIN); if (NILP (bar->dragging)) XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, size, 0, 0, False); else if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow) /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is not what it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or page-wise movement. */ XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, XM_SB_RANGE - value, 0, 0, False); else { /* If currently dragging, only update the slider size. This reduces flicker effects. */ int old_value, old_size, increment, page_increment; XmScrollBarGetValues (widget, &old_value, &old_size, &increment, &page_increment); XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, old_value, min (size, XM_SB_RANGE - old_value), 0, 0, False); } } #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ { float old_top, old_shown; Dimension height; XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNtopOfThumb, &old_top, XtNshown, &old_shown, XtNheight, &height, NULL); /* Massage the top+shown values. */ if (NILP (bar->dragging) || last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow) top = max (0, min (1, top)); else top = old_top; /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */ shown = max (0, min (1 - top - (2.0 / height), shown)); /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work, check that your system's configuration file contains a define for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */ if (top != old_top || shown != old_shown) { if (NILP (bar->dragging)) XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown); else { #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D ScrollbarWidget sb = (ScrollbarWidget) widget; int scroll_mode = 0; /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */ if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll) { /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */ scroll_mode = sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode; if (scroll_mode == 2) sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 0; } #endif /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */ if (!xaw3d_pick_top) shown = min (shown, old_shown); XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown); #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && scroll_mode == 2) sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = scroll_mode; #endif } } } #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ UNBLOCK_INPUT; } #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /************************************************************************ Scroll bars, general ************************************************************************/ /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the scroll bar. */ static struct scroll_bar * x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height) struct window *w; int top, left, width, height; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar); #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ { XSetWindowAttributes a; unsigned long mask; Window window; a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; if (a.background_pixel == -1) a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel; a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask | ExposureMask); a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */ x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), left, top, width, window_box_height (w), False); window = XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top, width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, height, /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */ 0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, /* Attributes. */ mask, &a); SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, window); } #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); XSETINT (bar->top, top); XSETINT (bar->left, left); XSETINT (bar->width, width); XSETINT (bar->height, height); XSETINT (bar->start, 0); XSETINT (bar->end, 0); bar->dragging = Qnil; /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); bar->prev = Qnil; XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); if (!NILP (bar->next)) XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); /* Map the window/widget. */ #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS { Widget scroll_bar = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar); XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar, left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top, width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, max (height, 1), 0); XtMapWidget (scroll_bar); } #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ UNBLOCK_INPUT; return bar; } /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose events.) Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to move to the very end of the buffer. */ #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS static void x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) struct scroll_bar *bar; int start, end; int rebuild; { int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ if (! rebuild && start == XINT (bar->start) && end == XINT (bar->end)) return; BLOCK_INPUT; { int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f, XINT (bar->width)); int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve the distance between start and end. */ { int length = end - start; if (start < 0) start = 0; else if (start > top_range) start = top_range; end = start + length; if (end < start) end = start; else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) end = top_range; } /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ XSETINT (bar->start, start); XSETINT (bar->end, end); /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ if (end > top_range) end = top_range; /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least that many pixels tall. */ end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ if (0 < start) x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER, inside_width, start, False); /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */ if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel); /* Draw the handle itself. */ XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, /* x, y, width, height */ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, inside_width, end - start); /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */ if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ if (end < inside_height) x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end, inside_width, inside_height - end, False); } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to nil. */ static void x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) struct scroll_bar *bar; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar)); #else XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); #endif /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, create one. */ static void XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) struct window *w; int portion, whole, position; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); struct scroll_bar *bar; int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width; int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; /* Get window dimensions. */ window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); top = window_y; width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); height = window_height; /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); else left = XFASTINT (w->left); left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f); left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0) sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); else sb_width = width; /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2; else sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2; #else if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) sb_left = left + width - sb_width; else sb_left = left; #endif /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) { BLOCK_INPUT; if (width && height) x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), left, top, width, height, False); UNBLOCK_INPUT; bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height); } else { /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ unsigned int mask = 0; bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); BLOCK_INPUT; if (sb_left != XINT (bar->left)) mask |= CWX; if (top != XINT (bar->top)) mask |= CWY; if (sb_width != XINT (bar->width)) mask |= CWWidth; if (height != XINT (bar->height)) mask |= CWHeight; #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ if (width && height) x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), left, top, width, height, False); /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */ if (mask) XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar), sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, max (height, 1), 0); #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */ if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM) { x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), left, top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, height, False); x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), left + width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, height, False); } /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as wide as the area reserved for it . This makes sure a previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for example. */ { int area_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); int rest = area_width - sb_width; if (rest > 0) x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), left + area_width - rest, 0, rest, max (height, 1), False); } /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */ if (mask) { XWindowChanges wc; wc.x = sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; wc.y = top; wc.width = sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2; wc.height = height; XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), mask, &wc); } #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /* Remember new settings. */ XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); XSETINT (bar->top, top); XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); XSETINT (bar->height, height); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being dragged. */ if (NILP (bar->dragging)) { int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height); if (whole == 0) x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); else { int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); } } #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); } /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ static void XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) FRAME_PTR frame; { /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) { Lisp_Object bar; bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; } } /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ static void XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) struct window *window; { struct scroll_bar *bar; struct frame *f; /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) abort (); bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); if (NILP (bar->prev)) { /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of the lists. */ if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ return; else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; else /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of one or the other! */ abort (); } else XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; if (! NILP (bar->next)) XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); bar->prev = Qnil; XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); if (! NILP (bar->next)) XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); } /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ static void XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) FRAME_PTR f; { Lisp_Object bar, next; bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) { struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); x_scroll_bar_remove (b); next = b->next; b->next = b->prev = Qnil; } /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, and they should get garbage-collected. */ } /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars. This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC mark bits. */ static void x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) struct scroll_bar *bar; XEvent *event; { #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; BLOCK_INPUT; x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, /* x, y, width, height */ 0, 0, XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim, XINT (bar->height) - 1); UNBLOCK_INPUT; #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ } /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC mark bits. */ #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS static void x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) struct scroll_bar *bar; XEvent *event; struct input_event *emacs_event; { if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) abort (); emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click; emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1; emacs_event->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))), event->xbutton.state) | (event->type == ButtonRelease ? up_modifier : down_modifier)); emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; emacs_event->arg = Qnil; emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; { #if 0 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); int internal_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); #endif int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; if (y < 0) y = 0; if (y > top_range) y = top_range; if (y < XINT (bar->start)) emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; else emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide whether or not we're dragging. */ #if 0 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're holding it. */ if (event->type == ButtonPress && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start)); #endif /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */ if (event->type == ButtonRelease && ! NILP (bar->dragging)) { int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging); int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); bar->dragging = Qnil; } /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */ #if 0 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of the handle. */ if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) emacs_event->x = bar->start; else XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); #else XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); #endif XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); } } /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC mark bits. */ static void x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) struct scroll_bar *bar; XEvent *event; { FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame); last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time; f->mouse_moved = 1; XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) { /* Where should the handle be now? */ int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging); if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) { int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); } } } #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse on the scroll bar. */ static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) FRAME_PTR *fp; Lisp_Object *bar_window; enum scroll_bar_part *part; Lisp_Object *x, *y; unsigned long *time; { struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); int win_x, win_y; Window dummy_window; int dummy_coord; unsigned int dummy_mask; BLOCK_INPUT; /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and report that. */ if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, /* Root, child, root x and root y. */ &dummy_window, &dummy_window, &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord, /* Position relative to scroll bar. */ &win_x, &win_y, /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */ &dummy_mask)) ; else { #if 0 int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); #endif int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); if (win_y < 0) win_y = 0; if (win_y > top_range) win_y = top_range; *fp = f; *bar_window = bar->window; if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) *part = scroll_bar_handle; else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) *part = scroll_bar_handle; else *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; XSETINT (*x, win_y); XSETINT (*y, top_range); f->mouse_moved = 0; last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; } *time = last_mouse_movement_time; UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can redraw them. */ void x_scroll_bar_clear (f) FRAME_PTR f; { #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS Lisp_Object bar; /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, if we just turned off scroll bar mode. But in that case we should not clear them. */ if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), 0, 0, 0, 0, True); #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ } /* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */ int process_expose_from_menu (event) XEvent event; { FRAME_PTR f; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; int frame_exposed_p = 0; BLOCK_INPUT; dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (event.xexpose.display); f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); if (f) { if (f->async_visible == 0) { f->async_visible = 1; f->async_iconified = 0; f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); } else { expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window), event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); frame_exposed_p = 1; } } else { struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); if (bar) x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); } UNBLOCK_INPUT; return frame_exposed_p; } /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ struct selection_event_queue { XEvent event; struct selection_event_queue *next; }; static struct selection_event_queue *queue; /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ static int x_queue_selection_requests; /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ static void x_queue_event (f, event) FRAME_PTR f; XEvent *event; { struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = (struct selection_event_queue *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); if (queue_tmp != NULL) { queue_tmp->event = *event; queue_tmp->next = queue; queue = queue_tmp; } } /* Take all the queued events and put them back so that they get processed afresh. */ static void x_unqueue_events (display) Display *display; { while (queue != NULL) { struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event); queue = queue_tmp->next; xfree ((char *)queue_tmp); } } /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */ void x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display) Display *display; { x_queue_selection_requests++; } /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */ void x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display) Display *display; { x_queue_selection_requests--; x_unqueue_events (display); } /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions sometimes don't work. */ static Time enter_timestamp; /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_ says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons given for enter_time stamp, above. */ static XComposeStatus compose_status; /* Record the last 100 characters stored to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ static int temp_index; static short temp_buffer[100]; /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error" on a particular display. */ struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error; /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it. We try all the open displays, one by one. This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */ static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo; #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \ do \ { \ if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \ f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \ = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \ bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \ if (numchars >= 1) \ { \ bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \ XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \ bufp->arg = Qnil; \ bufp++; \ count++; \ numchars--; \ } \ } \ while (0) #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent)) #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent)) /* Read events coming from the X server. This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, thus pretending to be `read'. EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */ int XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected) register int sd; /* register */ struct input_event *bufp; /* register */ int numchars; int expected; { int count = 0; int nbytes = 0; XEvent event; struct frame *f; int event_found = 0; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; struct coding_system coding; if (interrupt_input_blocked) { interrupt_input_pending = 1; return -1; } interrupt_input_pending = 0; BLOCK_INPUT; /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ input_signal_count++; if (numchars <= 0) abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ ++handling_signal; /* The input should be decoded if it is from XIM. Currently the locale of XIM is the same as that of the system. So, we can use Vlocale_coding_system which is initialized properly at Emacs startup time. */ setup_coding_system (Vlocale_coding_system, &coding); coding.src_multibyte = 0; coding.dst_multibyte = 1; /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that gives us composition information. */ coding.composing = COMPOSITION_DISABLED; /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for. It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */ for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) { #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */ #ifdef FIOSNBIO /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK, a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0); #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ #endif #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays, and appears not to be used on any system any more. Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off for X connections. */ #ifndef SIGIO #ifndef HAVE_SELECT if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY)) { extern int read_alarm_should_throw; read_alarm_should_throw = 1; XPeekEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); read_alarm_should_throw = 0; } #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ #endif /* SIGIO */ #endif /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */ if (dpyinfo == XTread_socket_fake_io_error) { XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0; x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display); } while (XPending (dpyinfo->display)) { XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N { /* Filter events for the current X input method. XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC was created. */ struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); if (XFilterEvent (&event, f1 ? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1) : None)) break; } #endif event_found = 1; switch (event.type) { case ClientMessage: { if (event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols && event.xclient.format == 32) { if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus) { /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this could be the shell widget window if the frame has no title bar. */ f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */ if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); #endif #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not needed. The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse Emacs. */ /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null, since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */ if (f) { Display *d = event.xclient.display; /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */ int count = x_catch_errors (d); XSetInputFocus (d, event.xclient.window, /* The ICCCM says this is the only valid choice. */ RevertToParent, event.xclient.data.l[1]); /* This is needed to detect the error if there is an error. */ XSync (d, False); x_uncatch_errors (d, count); } /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */ #endif /* 0 */ } else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself) { /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to something which can reinstate us. This notifies the session manager, who's looking for such a PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ if (numchars > 0) { f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); /* This is just so we only give real data once for a single Emacs process. */ if (f == SELECTED_FRAME ()) XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), event.xclient.window, initial_argv, initial_argc); else if (f) XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), event.xclient.window, 0, 0); } } else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window) { struct frame *f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); if (f) { if (numchars == 0) abort (); bufp->kind = delete_window_event; XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp++; count += 1; numchars -= 1; } } } else if (event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied) { } else if (event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved) { int new_x, new_y; struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0]; new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1]; if (f) { f->output_data.x->left_pos = new_x; f->output_data.x->top_pos = new_y; } } #ifdef HACK_EDITRES else if (event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_editres) { struct frame *f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL, &event, NULL); } #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */ else if ((event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE) || (event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE)) { /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we currently never do because we are interested in images, only, which should have 1 page. */ Pixmap pixmap = (Pixmap) event.xclient.data.l[1]; struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); x_kill_gs_process (pixmap, f); expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0); } #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which we construct an input_event. */ else if (event.xclient.message_type == dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar) { x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event, bufp); ++bufp, ++count, --numchars; goto out; } #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ else goto OTHER; } break; case SelectionNotify: #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselection.requestor)) goto OTHER; #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection); break; case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window)) goto OTHER; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ { XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event; if (numchars == 0) abort (); bufp->kind = selection_clear_event; SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp++; count += 1; numchars -= 1; } break; case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner)) goto OTHER; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ if (x_queue_selection_requests) x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner), &event); else { XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event; if (numchars == 0) abort (); bufp->kind = selection_request_event; SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor; SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target; SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property; SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp++; count += 1; numchars -= 1; } break; case PropertyNotify: #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */ #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xproperty.window)) goto OTHER; #endif #endif x_handle_property_notify (&event.xproperty); goto OTHER; case ReparentNotify: f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xreparent.window); if (f) { int x, y; f->output_data.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent; x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); f->output_data.x->left_pos = x; f->output_data.x->top_pos = y; } break; case Expose: f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); if (f) { if (f->async_visible == 0) { f->async_visible = 1; f->async_iconified = 0; f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); } else expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window), event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); } else { #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS struct scroll_bar *bar; #endif #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_LUCID /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events to them. Recognize this case separately. */ { Widget widget = x_window_to_menu_bar (event.xexpose.window); if (widget) xlwmenu_redisplay (widget); } #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT && USE_LUCID */ #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS /* Dispatch event to the widget. */ goto OTHER; #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); if (bar) x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT else goto OTHER; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ } break; case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's source area was obscured or not available.*/ f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); if (f) { expose_frame (f, event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, event.xgraphicsexpose.width, event.xgraphicsexpose.height); } #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT else goto OTHER; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ break; case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's source area was completely available */ break; case UnmapNotify: /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */ if (event.xmap.window == tip_window) { tip_window = 0; redo_mouse_highlight (); } f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window); if (f) /* F may no longer exist if the frame was deleted. */ { /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a display that won't ever be seen. */ f->async_visible = 0; /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it was previously visible, than now it is iconified. But x_make_frame_invisible clears both the visible flag and the iconified flag; and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */ if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) { f->async_iconified = 1; bufp->kind = iconify_event; XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp++; count++; numchars--; } } goto OTHER; case MapNotify: if (event.xmap.window == tip_window) /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */ goto OTHER; /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the frame is visible. */ f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window); if (f) { f->async_visible = 1; f->async_iconified = 0; f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update the frame's display structures. */ SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); if (f->iconified) { bufp->kind = deiconify_event; XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp++; count++; numchars--; } else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the frame titles in case this is the second frame. */ record_asynch_buffer_change (); } goto OTHER; case KeyPress: f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window); #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS if (f == 0) { /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */ Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo->display, event.xkey.window); if (widget && XmIsScrollBar (widget)) { widget = XtParent (widget); f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, XtWindow (widget)); } } #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ if (f != 0) { KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang. It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in status_return even if the input is too long to fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for two-byte character set) seems to be a faily good approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */ unsigned char copy_buffer[513]; unsigned char *copy_bufptr = copy_buffer; int copy_bufsiz = sizeof (copy_buffer); int modifiers; event.xkey.state |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), extra_keyboard_modifiers); modifiers = event.xkey.state; /* This will have to go some day... */ /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask; event.xkey.state &= ~(dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask); /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter, clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or not it is combined with Meta. */ if (modifiers & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (FRAME_XIC (f)) { Status status_return; nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, copy_bufsiz, &keysym, &status_return); if (status_return == XBufferOverflow) { copy_bufsiz = nbytes + 1; copy_bufptr = (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz); nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, copy_bufsiz, &keysym, &status_return); } if (status_return == XLookupNone) break; else if (status_return == XLookupChars) { keysym = NoSymbol; modifiers = 0; } else if (status_return != XLookupKeySym && status_return != XLookupBoth) abort (); } else nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr, copy_bufsiz, &keysym, &compose_status); #else nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr, copy_bufsiz, &keysym, &compose_status); #endif orig_keysym = keysym; if (numchars > 1) { if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape) || keysym == XK_Delete #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab || (keysym >= XK_ISO_Left_Tab && keysym <= XK_ISO_Enter) #endif || (keysym >= XK_Kanji && keysym <= XK_Eisu_toggle) || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ #ifdef HPUX /* This recognizes the "extended function keys". It seems there's no cleaner way. Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch incorrectly. */ || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space) #endif #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex #endif #ifdef XK_dead_grave || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave #endif #ifdef XK_dead_tilde || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde #endif #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis #endif #ifdef XK_dead_macron || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron #endif #ifdef XK_dead_degree || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree #endif #ifdef XK_dead_acute || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute #endif #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla #endif #ifdef XK_dead_breve || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve #endif #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek #endif #ifdef XK_dead_caron || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron #endif #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute #endif #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot #endif || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28))) && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) #ifndef HAVE_X11R5 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) #endif #ifdef XK_Num_Lock || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock) #endif #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */ )) { if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) temp_index = 0; temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym; bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; bufp->code = keysym; XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp->modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), modifiers); bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; bufp++; count++; numchars--; } else if (numchars > nbytes) { register int i; register int c; int nchars, len; for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++) { if (temp_index == (sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))) temp_index = 0; temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_bufptr[i]; } if (/* If the event is not from XIM, */ event.xkey.keycode != 0 /* or the current locale doesn't request decoding of the intup data, ... */ || coding.type == coding_type_raw_text || coding.type == coding_type_no_conversion) { /* ... we can use the input data as is. */ nchars = nbytes; } else { /* We have to decode the input data. */ int require; unsigned char *p; require = decoding_buffer_size (&coding, nbytes); p = (unsigned char *) alloca (require); coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; decode_coding (&coding, copy_bufptr, p, nbytes, require); nbytes = coding.produced; nchars = coding.produced_char; copy_bufptr = p; } /* Convert the input data to a sequence of character events. */ for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += len) { c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr + i, nbytes - i, len); bufp->kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c) ? ascii_keystroke : multibyte_char_keystroke); bufp->code = c; XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); bufp->arg = Qnil; bufp->modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), modifiers); bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; bufp++; } count += nchars; numchars -= nchars; if (keysym == NoSymbol) break; } else abort (); } else abort (); } #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the client. */ break; #else goto OTHER; #endif case KeyRelease: #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the client. */ break; #else goto OTHER; #endif /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you relinquish the focus. If you haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */ case EnterNotify: { f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); if (event.xcrossing.focus) { /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) || !(f->auto_lower) || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) { x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; } } else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, so update things that depend on mouse position. */ if (f && !f->output_data.x->hourglass_p) note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); goto OTHER; } case FocusIn: f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer) dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = f; if (f) { x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message for a switch-frame event we don't need. */ if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame) && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list) && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) { bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT; XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); bufp->arg = Qnil; ++bufp, ++count, --numchars; } } #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); #endif goto OTHER; case LeaveNotify: f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); if (f) { if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) { /* If we move outside the frame, then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; } /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. Do it only if there's something to cancel. Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when the mouse leaves the frame. */ if (any_help_event_p) { Lisp_Object frame; int n; XSETFRAME (frame, f); help_echo = Qnil; n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; } if (event.xcrossing.focus) x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo); else { if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); } } goto OTHER; case FocusOut: f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; if (f && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); #endif goto OTHER; case MotionNotify: { previous_help_echo = help_echo; help_echo = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; help_echo_pos = -1; if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) f = last_mouse_frame; else f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window); if (f) note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); else { #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); if (bar) x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ /* If we move outside the frame, then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); } /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ if (!NILP (help_echo) || !NILP (previous_help_echo)) { Lisp_Object frame; int n; if (f) XSETFRAME (frame, f); else frame = Qnil; any_help_event_p = 1; n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame, help_echo_window, help_echo_object, help_echo_pos); bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; } goto OTHER; } case ConfigureNotify: f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window); if (f) { #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height); int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width); /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size is called by the code that handles resizing of the EmacsFrame widget. */ /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ if (columns != f->width || rows != f->height || event.xconfigure.width != f->output_data.x->pixel_width || event.xconfigure.height != f->output_data.x->pixel_height) { change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); cancel_mouse_face (f); } #endif f->output_data.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; f->output_data.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.x->left_pos, &f->output_data.x->top_pos); #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea)) xic_set_statusarea (f); #endif if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) { /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now, we must put them below top_pos in the future. */ f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); } #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* Some window managers pass (0,0) as the location of the window, and the Motif event handler stores it in the emacs widget, which messes up Motif menus. */ if (event.xconfigure.x == 0 && event.xconfigure.y == 0) { event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; } #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ } goto OTHER; case ButtonPress: case ButtonRelease: { /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ struct input_event emacs_event; int tool_bar_p = 0; emacs_event.kind = no_event; bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) f = last_mouse_frame; else f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); if (f) { /* Is this in the tool-bar? */ if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height)) { Lisp_Object window; int p, x, y; x = event.xbutton.x; y = event.xbutton.y; /* Set x and y. */ window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1); if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) { x_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &event.xbutton); tool_bar_p = 1; } } if (!tool_bar_p) if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); } else { #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); if (bar) x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ } if (event.type == ButtonPress) { dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button); last_mouse_frame = f; /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect only motion after the ButtonPress. */ if (f != 0) f->mouse_moved = 0; if (!tool_bar_p) last_tool_bar_item = -1; } else { dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button); } if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != no_event) { bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event)); bufp++; count++; numchars--; } #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT f = x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); /* For a down-event in the menu bar, don't pass it to Xt right now. Instead, save it away and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event. That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */ if (f && event.type == ButtonPress /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */ && event.xbutton.x >= 0 && event.xbutton.x < f->output_data.x->pixel_width && event.xbutton.y >= 0 && event.xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height && event.xbutton.same_screen) { SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT; XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame, f); } else if (event.type == ButtonPress) { last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; goto OTHER; } #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid, but I am trying to be cautious. */ else if (event.type == ButtonRelease) { if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame)) { f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame); if (f->output_data.x) SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT; } else goto OTHER; } #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ else goto OTHER; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ } break; case CirculateNotify: goto OTHER; case CirculateRequest: goto OTHER; case VisibilityNotify: goto OTHER; case MappingNotify: /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the local cache. */ switch (event.xmapping.request) { case MappingModifier: x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); /* This is meant to fall through. */ case MappingKeyboard: XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping); } goto OTHER; default: OTHER: #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT BLOCK_INPUT; XtDispatchEvent (&event); UNBLOCK_INPUT; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ break; } } } out:; /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ if (! event_found) { /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time. One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate. B. Bretthauer, 1994 */ x_noop_count++; if (x_noop_count >= 100) { x_noop_count=0; if (next_noop_dpyinfo == 0) next_noop_dpyinfo = x_display_list; XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo->display); /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */ next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next; } } /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame, raise it now. */ /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ if (pending_autoraise_frame) { x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); pending_autoraise_frame = 0; } UNBLOCK_INPUT; --handling_signal; return count; } /*********************************************************************** Text Cursor ***********************************************************************/ /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the line after HPOS has been written. */ static void note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n) struct window *w; int hpos, n; { if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos && (n < 0 || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos)) w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; } /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle. ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ static void x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, whole_line_p) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; GC gc; int whole_line_p; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); XRectangle clip_rect; int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); clip_rect.x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0); clip_rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); clip_rect.y = max (clip_rect.y, window_y); clip_rect.width = window_width; clip_rect.height = row->visible_height; /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */ if (whole_line_p) { clip_rect.x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); clip_rect.width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); } XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, &clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); } /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); int x, y, wd, h; XGCValues xgcv; struct glyph *cursor_glyph; GC gc; /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative coordinates. */ x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); h = row->height - 1; /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); if (cursor_glyph == NULL) return; /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character width instead. */ wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1; if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && !x_stretch_cursor_p) wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd); /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */ xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc) XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); else dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), GCForeground, &xgcv); gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc; /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0); XDrawRectangle (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h); XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); } /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. --gerd. */ static void x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; int width; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); struct glyph *cursor_glyph; GC gc; int x; unsigned long mask; XGCValues xgcv; Display *dpy; Window window; /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs and mini-buffer. */ cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); if (cursor_glyph == NULL) return; /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that the bar might not be in the window. */ if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) { struct glyph_row *row; row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR); } else { xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0; mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures; dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc; if (gc) XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv); else { gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv); FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc; } if (width < 0) width = f->output_data.x->cursor_width; x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0); XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc, x, WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width), row->height); XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); } } /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor is is about to be rewritten. */ static void x_clear_cursor (w) struct window *w; { if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p) x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); } /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */ static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl) struct window *w; struct glyph_row *row; enum draw_glyphs_face hl; { /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs and mini-buffer. */ if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) { x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA, w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1, hl, 0, 0, 0); /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows are redrawn. */ if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p) { if (row > w->current_matrix->rows && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1)) x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA); if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w) && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1)) x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA); } } } /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */ static void x_erase_phys_cursor (w) struct window *w; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos; int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos; int mouse_face_here_p = 0; struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix; struct glyph_row *cursor_row; struct glyph *cursor_glyph; enum draw_glyphs_face hl; /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the screen. */ if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR) goto mark_cursor_off; /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized. Don't bother to erase the cursor. */ if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows) goto mark_cursor_off; /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we can do. */ cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos); if (!cursor_row->enabled_p) goto mark_cursor_off; /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one. In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a cursor glyph at hand. */ if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) goto mark_cursor_off; /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when we clear the cursor. */ if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)) && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col)) /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */ && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos) mouse_face_here_p = 1; /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */ if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR) { int x; int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); if (cursor_glyph == NULL) goto mark_cursor_off; x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), x, WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, cursor_row->y)), cursor_glyph->pixel_width, cursor_row->visible_height, False); } /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ if (mouse_face_here_p) hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE; else if (cursor_row->inverse_p) hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO; else hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl); mark_cursor_off: w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; } /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */ static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w) struct window *w; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); int in_mouse_face = 0; if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) && XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) == w) { int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos; int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos; if (vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)) in_mouse_face = 1; } return in_mouse_face; } /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */ void x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) struct window *w; int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; { struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); int new_cursor_type; int new_cursor_width; struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs; struct glyph_row *glyph_row; struct glyph *glyph; /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the window. */ if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w) return; /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) return; current_glyphs = w->current_matrix; glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos); glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos; /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to display the cursor. */ if (!glyph_row->enabled_p) { w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; return; } xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow box cursor. */ new_cursor_width = -1; if (cursor_in_echo_area && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) { if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)) new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f); else new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR; } else { if (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame || w != XWINDOW (f->selected_window)) { extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows; if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type)) new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; else new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR; } else if (w->cursor_off_p) new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; else { struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer); if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt)) new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f); else new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type, &new_cursor_width); } } /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want, erase it. */ if (w->phys_cursor_on_p && (!on || w->phys_cursor.x != x || w->phys_cursor.y != y || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type)) x_erase_phys_cursor (w); /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible, display it. */ if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) { w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent; w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height; /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some of them may need the information. */ w->phys_cursor.x = x; w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y; w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos; w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos; w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type; w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; switch (new_cursor_type) { case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); break; case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); break; case BAR_CURSOR: x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width); break; case NO_CURSOR: break; default: abort (); } #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (w == XWINDOW (f->selected_window)) if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition)) xic_set_preeditarea (w, x, y); #endif } #ifndef XFlush if (updating_frame != f) XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); #endif } /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */ void x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) struct window *w; int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; { BLOCK_INPUT; x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P. Don't change the cursor's position. */ void x_update_cursor (f, on_p) struct frame *f; { x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p); } /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p) struct window *w; int on_p; { while (w) { if (!NILP (w->hchild)) x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); else x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p); w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); } } /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value of ON. */ static void x_update_window_cursor (w, on) struct window *w; int on; { /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process of being deleted. */ if (w->current_matrix) { BLOCK_INPUT; x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } /* Icons. */ /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F when we get an expose event for it. */ void refreshicon (f) struct frame *f; { /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */ } /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ int x_bitmap_icon (f, file) struct frame *f; Lisp_Object file; { int bitmap_id; if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) return 1; /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */ if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; if (STRINGP (file)) bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file); else { /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */ if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0) FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits, gnu_width, gnu_height); /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap, this increments the ref-count one extra time. As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed. That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */ x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id; } x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, bitmap_id); f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id; return 0; } /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. Use ICON_NAME as the text. */ int x_text_icon (f, icon_name) struct frame *f; char *icon_name; { if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) return 1; #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 { XTextProperty text; text.value = (unsigned char *) icon_name; text.encoding = XA_STRING; text.format = 8; text.nitems = strlen (icon_name); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), &text); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), &text); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ } #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), icon_name); #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0); return 0; } #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200 /* If non-nil, this should be a string. It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */ static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string; /* An X error handler which stores the error message in x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if x_catch_errors is in effect. */ static void x_error_catcher (display, error) Display *display; XErrorEvent *error; { XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); } /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually operating on. After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string stored in x_error_message_string. Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors. Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */ void x_check_errors (); static Lisp_Object x_catch_errors_unwind (); int x_catch_errors (dpy) Display *dpy; { int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */ XSync (dpy, False); record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind, x_error_message_string); x_error_message_string = make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0; return count; } /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */ static Lisp_Object x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) Lisp_Object old_val; { x_error_message_string = old_val; return Qnil; } /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */ void x_check_errors (dpy, format) Display *dpy; char *format; { /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ XSync (dpy, False); if (XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0]) error (format, XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data); } /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ int x_had_errors_p (dpy) Display *dpy; { /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ XSync (dpy, False); return XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] != 0; } /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ void x_clear_errors (dpy) Display *dpy; { XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0; } /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die. DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. COUNT should be the value that was returned by the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */ void x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) Display *dpy; int count; { unbind_to (count, Qnil); } #if 0 static unsigned int x_wire_count; x_trace_wire () { fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count); } #endif /* ! 0 */ /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal. Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler, which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */ static SIGTYPE x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ { #ifdef USG /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used; must reestablish each time */ signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal); #endif /* USG */ } /************************************************************************ Handling X errors ************************************************************************/ /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */ static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message) Display *dpy; char *error_message; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy); Lisp_Object frame, tail; int count; char *msg; msg = (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message) + 1); strcpy (msg, error_message); handling_signal = 0; /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing the original message here. */ count = x_catch_errors (dpy); /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error... M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened in the first class to make-frame-on-display. Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */ #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the first place, so don't try to close it. */ if (dpyinfo) XtCloseDisplay (dpy); #endif /* Indicate that this display is dead. */ if (dpyinfo) dpyinfo->display = 0; /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames that are on the dead display. */ FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) { Lisp_Object minibuf_frame; minibuf_frame = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)))); if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) && ! EQ (frame, minibuf_frame) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo) Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); } /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display. We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer for another frame that we need to delete. */ FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo) { /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused trying to find a replacement. */ FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame = Qt; Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); } if (dpyinfo) x_delete_display (dpyinfo); x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); if (x_display_list == 0) { fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", msg); shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil); exit (70); } /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */ #ifdef SIGIO sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO)); #endif sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM)); TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT; clear_waiting_for_input (); error ("%s", msg); } /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors. It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for. If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ static void x_error_quitter (display, error) Display *display; XErrorEvent *error; { char buf[256], buf1[356]; /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the original error handler. */ XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf)); sprintf (buf1, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d", buf, error->request_code); x_connection_closed (display, buf1); } /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors. It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */ static int x_error_handler (display, error) Display *display; XErrorEvent *error; { if (! NILP (x_error_message_string)) x_error_catcher (display, error); else x_error_quitter (display, error); return 0; } /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always. It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with. If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ static int x_io_error_quitter (display) Display *display; { char buf[256]; sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display)); x_connection_closed (display, buf); return 0; } /* Changing the font of the frame. */ /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. The return value shows which font we chose. */ Lisp_Object x_new_font (f, fontname) struct frame *f; register char *fontname; { struct font_info *fontp = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1); if (!fontp) return Qnil; f->output_data.x->font = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font); f->output_data.x->baseline_offset = fontp->baseline_offset; f->output_data.x->fontset = -1; /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) { int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; } else { int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; } /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) { XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, f->output_data.x->font->fid); XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->reverse_gc, f->output_data.x->font->fid); XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->cursor_gc, f->output_data.x->font->fid); frame_update_line_height (f); /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to problems because the tip frame has no widget. */ if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f) x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); } else /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ f->output_data.x->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font); return build_string (fontp->full_name); } /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern. The return value shows which fontset we chose. */ Lisp_Object x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname) struct frame *f; char *fontsetname; { int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0); Lisp_Object result; if (fontset < 0) return Qnil; if (f->output_data.x->fontset == fontset) /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to do. */ return fontset_name (fontset); result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data)); if (!STRINGP (result)) /* Can't load ASCII font. */ return Qnil; /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */ f->output_data.x->fontset = fontset; #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea))) xic_set_xfontset (f, XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data); #endif return build_string (fontsetname); } /*********************************************************************** X Input Methods ***********************************************************************/ #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */ static void xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) XIM xim; XPointer client_data; XPointer call_data; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) client_data; Lisp_Object frame, tail; BLOCK_INPUT; /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */ FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) { struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo) { FRAME_XIC (f) = NULL; if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f)) { XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f)); FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f) = NULL; } } } /* No need to call XCloseIM. */ dpyinfo->xim = NULL; XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */ /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */ static void xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; char *resource_name; { #ifdef USE_XIM XIM xim; xim = XOpenIM (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); dpyinfo->xim = xim; if (xim) { #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 XIMCallback destroy; #endif /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */ XGetIMValues (xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &dpyinfo->xim_styles, NULL); #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 destroy.callback = xim_destroy_callback; destroy.client_data = (XPointer)dpyinfo; /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0. */ XSetIMValues (xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy, NULL); #endif } #else /* not USE_XIM */ dpyinfo->xim = NULL; #endif /* not USE_XIM */ } #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM struct xim_inst_t { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; char *resource_name; }; /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM server is available. DISPLAY is teh display of the XIM. CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created when the callback was registered. */ static void xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) Display *display; XPointer client_data; XPointer call_data; { struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) client_data; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = xim_inst->dpyinfo; /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */ if (dpyinfo->xim) return; xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, xim_inst->resource_name); /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long as they have no XIC. */ if (dpyinfo->xim && dpyinfo->reference_count > 0) { Lisp_Object tail, frame; BLOCK_INPUT; FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) { struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == xim_inst->dpyinfo) if (FRAME_XIC (f) == NULL) { create_frame_xic (f); if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea) xic_set_statusarea (f); if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition) { struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->selected_window); xic_set_preeditarea (w, w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y); } } } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection in the XIM instantiate callback function. */ static void xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; char *resource_name; { #ifdef USE_XIM #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst; int len; dpyinfo->xim = NULL; xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t)); xim_inst->dpyinfo = dpyinfo; len = strlen (resource_name); xim_inst->resource_name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1); bcopy (resource_name, xim_inst->resource_name, len + 1); XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, xim_instantiate_callback, /* Fixme: This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at least. */ (XPointer) xim_inst); #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ dpyinfo->xim = NULL; xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name); #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ #else /* not USE_XIM */ dpyinfo->xim = NULL; #endif /* not USE_XIM */ } /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */ static void xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; { #ifdef USE_XIM #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM if (dpyinfo->display) XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, NULL, EMACS_CLASS, xim_instantiate_callback, NULL); #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ if (dpyinfo->display) XCloseIM (dpyinfo->xim); dpyinfo->xim = NULL; XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles); #endif /* USE_XIM */ } #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ void x_calc_absolute_position (f) struct frame *f; { Window child; int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags; int this_window; /* We have nothing to do if the current position is already for the top-left corner. */ if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative))) return; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT this_window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); #else this_window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); #endif /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of the inner window, with respect to the outer window. But do this only if we will need the results. */ if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) { int count; BLOCK_INPUT; count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); while (1) { x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), /* From-window, to-window. */ this_window, f->output_data.x->parent_desc, /* From-position, to-position. */ 0, 0, &win_x, &win_y, /* Child of win. */ &child); if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))) { Window newroot, newparent = 0xdeadbeef; Window *newchildren; unsigned int nchildren; if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), this_window, &newroot, &newparent, &newchildren, &nchildren)) break; XFree ((char *) newchildren); f->output_data.x->parent_desc = newparent; } else break; } x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost position that fits on the screen. */ if (flags & XNegative) f->output_data.x->left_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_x - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) + f->output_data.x->left_pos); { int height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels. This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting, the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are different. The column widget's height is the right one. In later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height is right, though. It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from. 2000-12-01, gerd. */ XtVaGetValues (f->output_data.x->column_widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL); #endif if (flags & YNegative) f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_y - height + f->output_data.x->top_pos); } /* The left_pos and top_pos are now relative to the top and left screen edges, so the flags should correspond. */ f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); } /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, to really change the position, and 0 when calling from x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ void x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) struct frame *f; register int xoff, yoff; int change_gravity; { int modified_top, modified_left; if (change_gravity > 0) { f->output_data.x->top_pos = yoff; f->output_data.x->left_pos = xoff; f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); if (xoff < 0) f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; if (yoff < 0) f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; } x_calc_absolute_position (f); BLOCK_INPUT; x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); modified_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos; modified_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos; #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal, this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */ /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */ if (change_gravity != 0) { modified_left += f->output_data.x->border_width; modified_top += f->output_data.x->border_width; } #endif #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), modified_left, modified_top); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), modified_left, modified_top); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ static void x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) struct frame *f; int change_gravity; int cols, rows; { int pixelwidth, pixelheight; check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); f->output_data.x->vertical_scroll_bar_extra = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) ? 0 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font))); f->output_data.x->flags_areas_extra = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), False); XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pixelwidth, pixelheight); /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the ConfigureNotify event gets here. We could just not bother storing any of this information here, and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of a BLOCK_INPUT. */ change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so we have to make sure to do it here. */ SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); } /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ void x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) struct frame *f; int change_gravity; int cols, rows; { BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (f->output_data.x->widget != NULL) { /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize. This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */ int xpos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; int ypos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, cols, rows); f->output_data.x->widget->core.x = xpos; f->output_data.x->widget->core.y = ypos; } else x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ cancel_mouse_face (f); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Mouse warping. */ void x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) struct frame *f; int x, y; { int pix_x, pix_y; pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) / 2; pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.x->line_height / 2; if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); BLOCK_INPUT; XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */ void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) struct frame *f; int pix_x, pix_y; { BLOCK_INPUT; XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ void x_focus_on_frame (f) struct frame *f; { #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ x_raise_frame (f); #endif #if 0 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); #endif /* ! 0 */ } void x_unfocus_frame (f) struct frame *f; { #if 0 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */ if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame == f) XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), PointerRoot, RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); #endif /* ! 0 */ } /* Raise frame F. */ void x_raise_frame (f) struct frame *f; { if (f->async_visible) { BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } /* Lower frame F. */ void x_lower_frame (f) struct frame *f; { if (f->async_visible) { BLOCK_INPUT; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } static void XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) FRAME_PTR f; int raise_flag; { if (raise_flag) x_raise_frame (f); else x_lower_frame (f); } /* Change of visibility. */ /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. However, if the window manager asks the user where to position the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. The frame will not actually be visible at that time, but it will become visible later when the window manager finishes with it. */ void x_make_frame_visible (f) struct frame *f; { Lisp_Object type; int original_top, original_left; int retry_count = 2; retry: BLOCK_INPUT; type = x_icon_type (f); if (!NILP (type)) x_bitmap_icon (f, type); if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) { /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't call x_set_offset a second time if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time before the window gets really visible. */ if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) && ! f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible) x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0); f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible = 1; if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places if the window configuration has changed. They seem to come back ok without this. */ if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); #endif } XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked so that incoming events are handled. */ { Lisp_Object frame; int count; /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT since events that arrive in response to the actions above will set it when they are handled. */ int previously_visible = f->output_data.x->has_been_visible; original_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos; original_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos; /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ UNBLOCK_INPUT; /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */ /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be". But don't do it if the gravity is negative. When the gravity is negative, this uses a position that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width. Don't do this if the window has never been visible before, because the window manager may choose the position and we don't want to override it. */ if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) && f->output_data.x->win_gravity == NorthWestGravity && previously_visible) { Drawable rootw; int x, y; unsigned int width, height, border, depth; BLOCK_INPUT; /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing window, even to the same place, causes the window manager to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right place. If the window is not in the right place, move it there, and take the potential window manager hit. */ XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth); if (original_left != x || original_top != y) XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), original_left, original_top); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } XSETFRAME (frame, f); /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a MapNotify at all.. */ for (count = input_signal_count + 10; input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) { /* Force processing of queued events. */ x_sync (f); /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ if (input_polling_used ()) { /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void)); int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; poll_suppress_count = 1; poll_for_input_1 (); poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; } /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */ FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); } /* 2000-09-28: In (let ((f (selected-frame))) (iconify-frame f) (raise-frame f)) the frame is not raised with various window managers on FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored. Mapping the widget a second time works. */ if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && --retry_count > 0) goto retry; } } /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ void x_make_frame_invisible (f) struct frame *f; { Window window; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */ window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */ if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified) return; #endif BLOCK_INPUT; /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */ x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1); #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)))) { UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal"); } #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */ if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) { XEvent unmap; unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify; unmap.xunmap.window = window; unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False; if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), False, SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask, &unmap)) { UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal"); } } /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */ XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window); #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ /* We can't distinguish this from iconification just by the event that we get from the server. So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ f->visible = 0; FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; f->async_visible = 0; f->async_iconified = 0; x_sync (f); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ void x_iconify_frame (f) struct frame *f; { int result; Lisp_Object type; /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; if (f->async_iconified) return; BLOCK_INPUT; FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); type = x_icon_type (f); if (!NILP (type)) x_bitmap_icon (f, type); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) { if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); /* The server won't give us any event to indicate that an invisible frame was changed to an icon, so we have to record it here. */ f->iconified = 1; f->visible = 1; f->async_iconified = 1; f->async_visible = 0; UNBLOCK_INPUT; return; } result = XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))); UNBLOCK_INPUT; if (!result) error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); f->async_iconified = 1; f->async_visible = 0; BLOCK_INPUT; XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0); /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */ /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */ { XEvent message; message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); message.xclient.type = ClientMessage; message.xclient.message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_wm_change_state; message.xclient.format = 32; message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState; if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), False, SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask, &message)) { UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); } } /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to IconicState. */ x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) { /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); } f->async_iconified = 1; f->async_visible = 0; XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); UNBLOCK_INPUT; #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ } /* Free X resources of frame F. */ void x_free_frame_resources (f) struct frame *f; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); BLOCK_INPUT; /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more commands to the X server. */ if (dpyinfo->display) { if (f->output_data.x->icon_desc) XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->icon_desc); #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (FRAME_XIC (f)) free_frame_xic (f); #endif if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT if (f->output_data.x->widget) { XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); f->output_data.x->widget = NULL; } free_frame_menubar (f); #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel); unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel); unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel); unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->border_pixel); unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->mouse_pixel); if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel != -1) unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel); if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel); if (f->output_data.x->white_relief.allocated_p) unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->white_relief.pixel); if (f->output_data.x->black_relief.allocated_p) unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->black_relief.pixel); if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) free_frame_faces (f); x_free_gcs (f); XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); } if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event) xfree (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event); xfree (f->output_data.x); f->output_data.x = NULL; if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) { dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; } UNBLOCK_INPUT; } /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ void x_destroy_window (f) struct frame *f; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more commands to the X server. */ if (dpyinfo->display != 0) x_free_frame_resources (f); dpyinfo->reference_count--; } /* Setting window manager hints. */ /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags that the window now has. If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ void x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) struct frame *f; long flags; int user_position; { XSizeHints size_hints; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT Arg al[2]; int ac = 0; Dimension widget_width, widget_height; Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos; size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos; #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac); size_hints.height = widget_height; size_hints.width = widget_width; #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); size_hints.height_inc = f->output_data.x->line_height; size_hints.max_width = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); size_hints.max_height = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here. Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */ #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT { int base_width, base_height; int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the current number of rows and columns in the frame while resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a zero-row, zero-column frame. We use the base_width and base_height members if we have them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; size_hints.base_width = base_width; size_hints.base_height = base_height; size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; #else size_hints.min_width = base_width; size_hints.min_height = base_height; #endif } /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */ if (flags) { size_hints.flags |= flags; goto no_read; } #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ { XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ long supplied_return; int value; #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints, &supplied_return); #else value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints); #endif #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height; size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width; size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height; size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width; #endif if (flags) size_hints.flags |= flags; else { if (value == 0) hints.flags = 0; if (hints.flags & PSize) size_hints.flags |= PSize; if (hints.flags & PPosition) size_hints.flags |= PPosition; if (hints.flags & USPosition) size_hints.flags |= USPosition; if (hints.flags & USSize) size_hints.flags |= USSize; } } #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT no_read: #endif #ifdef PWinGravity size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity; size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; if (user_position) { size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; size_hints.flags |= USPosition; } #endif /* PWinGravity */ #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); #else XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); #endif } /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ void x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) struct frame *f; int state; { #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT Arg al[1]; XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ } void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id) struct frame *f; int pixmap_id; { Pixmap icon_pixmap; #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); #endif if (pixmap_id > 0) { icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id); f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; } else { /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap. The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created, for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes. Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case, but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the right thing at all. Since there is no way to win, best to explicitly give up. */ #if 0 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None; #else return; #endif } #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */ { Arg al[1]; XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap); XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); } #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ } void x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) struct frame *f; int icon_x, icon_y; { #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); #else Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); #endif f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); } /*********************************************************************** Fonts ***********************************************************************/ /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */ struct font_info * x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) FRAME_PTR f; int font_idx; { return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx); } /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F. If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts to be listed. SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts. Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit on how many fonts to match. */ Lisp_Object x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames) struct frame *f; Lisp_Object pattern; int size; int maxnames; { Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key = Qnil; Lisp_Object tem, second_best; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = f ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) : x_display_list; Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; int count; int allow_scalable_fonts_p = 0; if (size < 0) { allow_scalable_fonts_p = 1; size = 0; } patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist); if (NILP (patterns)) patterns = Fcons (pattern, Qnil); if (maxnames == 1 && !size) /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */ try_XLoadQueryFont = 1; for (; CONSP (patterns); patterns = XCDR (patterns)) { int num_fonts; char **names = NULL; pattern = XCAR (patterns); /* See if we cached the result for this particular query. The cache is an alist of the form: ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */ tem = XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element); key = Fcons (Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames)), allow_scalable_fonts_p ? Qt : Qnil); list = Fassoc (key, tem); if (!NILP (list)) { list = Fcdr_safe (list); /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */ goto label_cached; } /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */ BLOCK_INPUT; count = x_catch_errors (dpy); if (try_XLoadQueryFont) { XFontStruct *font; unsigned long value; font = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, XSTRING (pattern)->data); if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) { /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X server. Let's just ignore it. */ font = NULL; x_clear_errors (dpy); } if (font && XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value)) { char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy, (Atom) value); int len = strlen (name); char *tmp; /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor) Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null string. We must avoid such a name. */ if (len == 0) try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; else { num_fonts = 1; names = (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *)); /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a simple var. */ tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 1); names[0] = tmp; bcopy (name, names[0], len + 1); XFree (name); } } else try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; if (font) XFreeFont (dpy, font); } if (!try_XLoadQueryFont) { /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return auto-scaled fonts at the head. */ names = XListFonts (dpy, XSTRING (pattern)->data, max (maxnames, 10), &num_fonts); if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) { /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X server. Let's just ignore it. */ names = NULL; x_clear_errors (dpy); } } x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); UNBLOCK_INPUT; if (names) { int i; /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back. Store that in the font cache for the display. */ for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++) { int width = 0; char *p = names[i]; int average_width = -1, dashes = 0; /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's ignore it. */ while (*p) if (*p++ == '-') { dashes++; if (dashes == 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */ width = atoi (p); else if (dashes == 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */ average_width = atoi (p); } if (allow_scalable_fonts_p || dashes < 14 || average_width != 0) { tem = build_string (names[i]); if (NILP (Fassoc (tem, list))) { if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp) && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp, names[i])) >= 0)) /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the width of this font. */ list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, make_number (width)), list); else /* For the moment, width is not known. */ list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, Qnil), list); } } } if (!try_XLoadQueryFont) { BLOCK_INPUT; XFreeFontNames (names); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } } /* Now store the result in the cache. */ XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element) = Fcons (Fcons (key, list), XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)); label_cached: if (NILP (list)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */ newlist = second_best = Qnil; /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */ for (; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) { int found_size; tem = XCAR (list); if (!CONSP (tem) || NILP (XCAR (tem))) continue; if (!size) { newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist); continue; } if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem))) { /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */ XFontStruct *thisinfo; BLOCK_INPUT; count = x_catch_errors (dpy); thisinfo = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, XSTRING (XCAR (tem))->data); if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) { /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X server. Let's just ignore it. */ thisinfo = NULL; x_clear_errors (dpy); } x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); UNBLOCK_INPUT; if (thisinfo) { XCDR (tem) = (thisinfo->min_bounds.width == 0 ? make_number (0) : make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width)); BLOCK_INPUT; XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo); UNBLOCK_INPUT; } else /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size as 0 not to try to open it again. */ XCDR (tem) = make_number (0); } found_size = XINT (XCDR (tem)); if (found_size == size) newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist); else if (found_size > 0) { if (NILP (second_best)) second_best = tem; else if (found_size < size) { if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size || XINT (XCDR (second_best)) < found_size) second_best = tem; } else { if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size && XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > found_size) second_best = tem; } } } if (!NILP (newlist)) break; else if (!NILP (second_best)) { newlist = Fcons (XCAR (second_best), Qnil); break; } } return newlist; } #if GLYPH_DEBUG /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's font table. */ static void x_check_font (f, font) struct frame *f; XFontStruct *font; { int i; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); xassert (font != NULL); for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font) break; xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts); } #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT. Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */ static INLINE void x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h) XFontStruct *font; int *w, *h; { *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font); *w = font->min_bounds.width; /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */ if (*w <= 0) *w = font->max_bounds.width; } /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */ static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f) struct frame *f; { int i; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); XFontStruct *font; int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width; int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height; dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000; dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000; for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name) { struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; int w, h; font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font; xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0); x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h); dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h); dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w); } xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0); return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height); } /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically. If SIZE is 0, load any size of font. If loading is failed, return NULL. */ struct font_info * x_load_font (f, fontname, size) struct frame *f; register char *fontname; int size; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); Lisp_Object font_names; int count; /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts we already have by comparing names. */ font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1); if (!NILP (font_names)) { Lisp_Object tail; int i; for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, XSTRING (XCAR (tail))->data) || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, XSTRING (XCAR (tail))->data))) return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); } /* Load the font and add it to the table. */ { char *full_name; XFontStruct *font; struct font_info *fontp; unsigned long value; int i; /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */ if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names)) fontname = (char *) XSTRING (XCAR (font_names))->data; BLOCK_INPUT; count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname); if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))) { /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X server. Let's just ignore it. */ font = NULL; x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); } x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count); UNBLOCK_INPUT; if (!font) return NULL; /* Find a free slot in the font table. */ for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL) break; /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */ if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size) { int sz; dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size); sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table; dpyinfo->font_table = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz); } fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts) ++dpyinfo->n_fonts; /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */ BLOCK_INPUT; fontp->font = font; fontp->font_idx = i; fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1); /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */ full_name = 0; if (XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value)) { char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), (Atom) value); char *p = name; int dashes = 0; /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name". If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name, so don't use it. In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names stored in them. */ while (*p) { if (*p == '-') dashes++; p++; } if (dashes >= 13) { full_name = (char *) xmalloc (p - name + 1); bcopy (name, full_name, p - name + 1); } XFree (name); } if (full_name != 0) fontp->full_name = full_name; else fontp->full_name = fontp->name; fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width; fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); if (NILP (font_names)) { /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at the head of this block. Let's store this information in the cache for x_list_fonts. */ Lisp_Object lispy_name = build_string (fontname); Lisp_Object lispy_full_name = build_string (fontp->full_name); Lisp_Object key = Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name, make_number (256)), Qnil); XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element) = Fcons (Fcons (key, Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (fontp->size)), Qnil)), XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)); if (full_name) { key = Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (256)), Qnil); XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element) = Fcons (Fcons (key, Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (fontp->size)), Qnil)), XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)); } } /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1] which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */ fontp->encoding[1] = (font->max_byte1 == 0 /* 1-byte font */ ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */ : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */ : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */ /* 2-byte font */ : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80 ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80 ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */ : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */ : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */ : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */ : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */ : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */ : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */ fontp->baseline_offset = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value) ? (long) value : 0); fontp->relative_compose = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value) ? (long) value : 0); fontp->default_ascent = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value) ? (long) value : 0); /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded has a character with a smaller width than any other character before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */ fonts_changed_p = x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f); UNBLOCK_INPUT; return fontp; } } /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */ struct font_info * x_query_font (f, fontname) struct frame *f; register char *fontname; { struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); int i; for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname) || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname))) return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); return NULL; } /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member `encoder' of the structure. */ void x_find_ccl_program (fontp) struct font_info *fontp; { Lisp_Object list, elt; elt = Qnil; for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) { elt = XCAR (list); if (CONSP (elt) && STRINGP (XCAR (elt)) && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name) >= 0) || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->full_name) >= 0))) break; } if (! NILP (list)) { struct ccl_program *ccl = (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program)); if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0) xfree (ccl); else fontp->font_encoder = ccl; } } /*********************************************************************** Initialization ***********************************************************************/ #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} }; #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ static int x_initialized; #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates the screen number from the server number. */ static int same_x_server (name1, name2) char *name1, *name2; { int seen_colon = 0; unsigned char *system_name = XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data; int system_name_length = strlen (system_name); int length_until_period = 0; while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0 && system_name[length_until_period] != '.') length_until_period++; /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */ if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5)) name1 += 4; if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5)) name2 += 4; /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */ if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length) && name1[system_name_length] == ':') name1 += system_name_length; if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length) && name2[system_name_length] == ':') name2 += system_name_length; /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */ if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period) && name1[length_until_period] == ':') name1 += length_until_period; if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period) && name2[length_until_period] == ':') name2 += length_until_period; for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) { if (*name1 == ':') seen_colon++; if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') return 1; } return (seen_colon && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); } #endif struct x_display_info * x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) Lisp_Object display_name; char *xrm_option; char *resource_name; { int connection; Display *dpy; struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; XrmDatabase xrdb; BLOCK_INPUT; if (!x_initialized) { x_initialize (); x_initialized = 1; } #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes errors with X11R5: X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter) on protocol request 18skiloaf. So let's not use it until R6. */ #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL); #endif { int argc = 0; char *argv[3]; argv[0] = ""; argc = 1; if (xrm_option) { argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; argv[argc++] = xrm_option; } dpy = XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con, XSTRING (display_name)->data, resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options), &argc, argv); #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */ fixup_locale (); #endif } #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 XSetLocaleModifiers (""); #endif dpy = XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name)->data); #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ /* Detect failure. */ if (dpy == 0) { UNBLOCK_INPUT; return 0; } /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */ dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info)); bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof *dpyinfo); #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD { struct x_display_info *share; Lisp_Object tail; for (share = x_display_list, tail = x_display_name_list; share; share = share->next, tail = XCDR (tail)) if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCAR (XCAR (tail)))->data, XSTRING (display_name)->data)) break; if (share) dpyinfo->kboard = share->kboard; else { dpyinfo->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD)); init_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms)->function, Qunbound)) { char *vendor = ServerVendor (dpy); UNBLOCK_INPUT; dpyinfo->kboard->Vsystem_key_alist = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms, build_string (vendor ? vendor : "")); BLOCK_INPUT; } dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards; all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard; /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to prompt in the mini-buffer. */ if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard; } dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++; } #endif /* Put this display on the chain. */ dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; x_display_list = dpyinfo; /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */ x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), x_display_name_list); dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list); dpyinfo->display = dpy; #if 0 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire); #endif /* ! 0 */ dpyinfo->x_id_name = (char *) xmalloc (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)) + STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vsystem_name)) + 2); sprintf (dpyinfo->x_id_name, "%s@%s", XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo->display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow); xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option, resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo->display, xrdb); #else dpyinfo->display->db = xrdb; #endif /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on all versions. */ dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb; dpyinfo->screen = ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo->display, DefaultScreen (dpyinfo->display)); select_visual (dpyinfo); dpyinfo->cmap = DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); dpyinfo->height = HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1; dpyinfo->font_table = NULL; dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0; dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0; dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0; dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0; dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil; dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0; dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0; dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache (); /* See if a private colormap is requested. */ if (dpyinfo->visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen)) { if (dpyinfo->visual->class == PseudoColor) { Lisp_Object value; value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, build_string ("privateColormap"), build_string ("PrivateColormap"), Qnil, Qnil); if (STRINGP (value) && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "true") || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "on"))) dpyinfo->cmap = XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->cmap); } } else dpyinfo->cmap = XCreateColormap (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, dpyinfo->visual, AllocNone); { int screen_number = XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); double pixels = DisplayHeight (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); double mm = DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); dpyinfo->resy = pixels * 25.4 / mm; pixels = DisplayWidth (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); mm = DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); dpyinfo->resx = pixels * 25.4 / mm; } dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_change_state = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_MOVED", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_editres = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "Editres", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_CLIPBOARD = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "CLIPBOARD", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_TIMESTAMP = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TIMESTAMP", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_TEXT = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TEXT", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_DELETE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DELETE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_MULTIPLE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "MULTIPLE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_INCR = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "INCR", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_EMACS_TMP = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_EMACS_TMP_", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_TARGETS = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TARGETS", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_NULL = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "NULL", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "ATOM_PAIR", False); /* For properties of font. */ dpyinfo->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PIXEL_SIZE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False); /* Ghostscript support. */ dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PAGE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DONE", False); dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "SCROLLBAR", False); dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0; connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display); dpyinfo->connection = connection; { char null_bits[1]; null_bits[0] = 0x00; dpyinfo->null_pixel = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0, 1); } { extern int gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height; extern char *gray_bitmap_bits; dpyinfo->gray = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, gray_bitmap_bits, gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height, (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1); } #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name); #endif #ifdef subprocesses /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */ if (connection != 0) add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection); #endif #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG #ifdef F_SETOWN #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG /* stdin is a socket here */ fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ #ifdef SIGIO if (interrupt_input) init_sigio (connection); #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ #ifdef USE_LUCID #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */ /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes so that Xt does not crash. */ { Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; XrmValue d, fr, to; Font font; int count; d.addr = (XPointer)&dpy; d.size = sizeof (Display *); fr.addr = XtDefaultFont; fr.size = sizeof (XtDefaultFont); to.size = sizeof (Font *); to.addr = (XPointer)&font; count = x_catch_errors (dpy); if (!XtCallConverter (dpy, XtCvtStringToFont, &d, 1, &fr, &to, NULL)) abort (); if (x_had_errors_p (dpy) || !XQueryFont (dpy, font)) XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15"); x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); } #endif #endif /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful for debugging X code. */ { Lisp_Object value; value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, build_string ("synchronous"), build_string ("Synchronous"), Qnil, Qnil); if (STRINGP (value) && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "true") || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "on"))) XSynchronize (dpyinfo->display, True); } UNBLOCK_INPUT; return dpyinfo; } /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone, and without sending any more commands to the X server. */ void x_delete_display (dpyinfo) struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; { delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection); /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list. We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ if (! NILP (x_display_name_list) && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) x_display_name_list = XCDR (x_display_name_list); else { Lisp_Object tail; tail = x_display_name_list; while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail))) { if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) { XCDR (tail) = XCDR (XCDR (tail)); break; } tail = XCDR (tail); } } if (next_noop_dpyinfo == dpyinfo) next_noop_dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next; if (x_display_list == dpyinfo) x_display_list = dpyinfo->next; else { struct x_display_info *tail; for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next) if (tail->next == dpyinfo) tail->next = tail->next->next; } #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */ #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */ XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo->xrdb); #endif #endif #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD if (--dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count == 0) delete_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); #endif #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N if (dpyinfo->xim) xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo); #endif xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); xfree (dpyinfo->x_id_name); xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells); xfree (dpyinfo); } /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */ static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface = { x_produce_glyphs, x_write_glyphs, x_insert_glyphs, x_clear_end_of_line, x_scroll_run, x_after_update_window_line, x_update_window_begin, x_update_window_end, XTcursor_to, x_flush, x_clear_mouse_face, x_get_glyph_overhangs, x_fix_overlapping_area }; void x_initialize () { rif = &x_redisplay_interface; clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame; ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines; change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight; delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs; ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; update_end_hook = x_update_end; set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight; mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height; scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ char_ins_del_ok = 1; line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls off the bottom */ baud_rate = 19200; x_noop_count = 0; last_tool_bar_item = -1; any_help_event_p = 0; /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT XtToolkitInitialize (); Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext (); /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */ XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con, XtRString, XtRPixel, cvt_string_to_pixel, cvt_string_to_pixel_args, XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args), XtCacheByDisplay, cvt_pixel_dtor); XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources); /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */ { EMACS_TIME interval; EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, interval, x_process_timeouts, 0); } #endif #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS xaw3d_arrow_scroll = False; xaw3d_pick_top = True; #endif /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the original error handler. */ XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler); XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ #ifdef SIGWINCH signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal); } void syms_of_xterm () { staticpro (&x_error_message_string); x_error_message_string = Qnil; staticpro (&x_display_name_list); x_display_name_list = Qnil; staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame); last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; help_echo = Qnil; staticpro (&help_echo); help_echo_object = Qnil; staticpro (&help_echo_object); help_echo_window = Qnil; staticpro (&help_echo_window); previous_help_echo = Qnil; staticpro (&previous_help_echo); help_echo_pos = -1; DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p, "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\ For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\ wide as that tab on the display."); x_stretch_cursor_p = 0; DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties", &x_use_underline_position_properties, "*Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.\n\ Nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus\n\ UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior\n\ to 4.1, set this to nil."); x_use_underline_position_properties = 1; DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, "What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.\n\ A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.\n\ Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit."); #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS #ifdef USE_MOTIF Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("motif"); #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("xaw3d"); #else Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("xaw"); #endif #else Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qnil; #endif staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; } #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */